Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Probability

1,628 missions · 698 completed

Missions

Open930Completed698All1628
Operations ResearchOptimizationStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Sample Average Approximation 1: A Data-Driven DRO Converges in Objective, Optimal Value and Optimal Solutions for Every Admissible Cost If and Only If Its Test Is Uniformly ConsistentResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision maker who must choose xxx to minimize an expected cost EF[c(x;ξ)]\mathbb E_F[c(x;\xi)]EF​[c(x;ξ)] rarely knows the distribution FFF of the uncertain parameter ξ\xiξ; what is available is a sample ξ1,…,ξN\xi^1,\dots,\xi^Nξ1,…,ξN. Sample average approximation (SAA) replaces FFF by the empirical distribution. Data-driven distributionally robust optimization (DRO) instead minimizes the worst case of the expected cost over a set FN\mathcal F_NFN​ of distributions built from the data, which protects against the error of the empirical distribution at small NNN. Many such sets have been proposed: moment sets (Delage and Ye, 2010), ϕ\phiϕ-divergence balls (Ben-Tal et al., 2013), Wasserstein balls (Mohajerin Esfahani and Kuhn, 2018).

Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus (arXiv:1408.4445v3; Mathematical Programming, 2018, doi:10.1007/s10107-017-1174-z) observe that each such set can be read as the confidence region of a statistical goodness-of-fit (GoF) test, and call the resulting method Robust SAA. A basic question for any such method is whether, as N→∞N\to\inftyN→∞, its objective, optimal value and optimal solutions converge to those of the full-information problem. The paper answers it for all data-driven DROs at once, with a single property of the test.

Setting

The support Ξ⊆Rd\Xi\subseteq\mathbb R^dΞ⊆Rd of ξ\xiξ is closed, and P(Ξ)\mathcal P(\Xi)P(Ξ) is the set of Borel probability distributions on Ξ\XiΞ with the topology of weak convergence. The data ξ1,ξ2,…\xi^1,\xi^2,\dotsξ1,ξ2,… are i.i.d. from an unknown F∈P(Ξ)F\in\mathcal P(\Xi)F∈P(Ξ). A data-driven uncertainty set (DUS) map assigns to each sample (ξ1,…,ξN)(\xi^1,\dots,\xi^N)(ξ1,…,ξN) a set FN⊆P(Ξ)\mathcal F_N\subseteq\mathcal P(\Xi)FN​⊆P(Ξ); it is the confidence region of the test that rejects a hypothesis F0F_0F0​ exactly when F0∉FNF_0\notin\mathcal F_NF0​∈/FN​. Decisions lie in a closed set X⊆RdxX\subseteq\mathbb R^{d_x}X⊆Rdx​, the cost is c(x;ξ)c(x;\xi)c(x;ξ), and the robust objective is the worst-case expectation

C(x;FN)=sup⁡F0∈FNEF0[c(x;ξ)].\mathcal C(x;\mathcal F_N)=\sup_{F_0\in\mathcal F_N}\mathbb E_{F_0}[c(x;\xi)] .C(x;FN​)=F0​∈FN​sup​EF0​​[c(x;ξ)].

A test is uniformly consistent (Definition 3) if, for every data-generating FFF, almost surely every sequence FNF_NFN​ that does not converge weakly to FFF lies outside FN\mathcal F_NFN​ for infinitely many NNN. The admissible instances are those satisfying three assumptions: (1) c(⋅;ξ)c(\cdot;\xi)c(⋅;ξ) is equicontinuous in xxx uniformly over ξ\xiξ; (2) XXX is bounded, or ccc is coercive in xxx uniformly over a set DDD of positive FFF-probability and bounded below off DDD; (3) Ξ\XiΞ is bounded, or there is a growth function ϕ≥0\phi\ge0ϕ≥0 with c(x;ξ)=O(ϕ(ξ))c(x;\xi)=O(\phi(\xi))c(x;ξ)=O(ϕ(ξ)) whose expectation the DUS tracks: sup⁡F0∈FN∣EF0ϕ−1N∑iϕ(ξi)∣→0\sup_{F_0\in\mathcal F_N}|\mathbb E_{F_0}\phi-\frac1N\sum_i\phi(\xi^i)|\to0supF0​∈FN​​∣EF0​​ϕ−N1​∑i​ϕ(ξi)∣→0 almost surely. The convergence conditions are (18) C(x;FN)→EF[c(x;ξ)]\mathcal C(x;\mathcal F_N)\to\mathbb E_F[c(x;\xi)]C(x;FN​)→EF​[c(x;ξ)] uniformly on compact subsets of XXX; (19) convergence of optimal values; and (20) every sequence of robust minimizers has a limit point, and all its limit points are true minimizers.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For a DUS map with nonempty sets,

FN is uniformly consistent  ⟺  [∀F,X,c satisfying Assumptions 1–3: (18),(19),(20) hold a.s.].\mathcal F_N\ \text{is uniformly consistent}\iff\Big[\forall F,X,c\ \text{satisfying Assumptions 1–3}:\ (18),(19),(20)\ \text{hold a.s.}\Big].FN​ is uniformly consistent⟺[∀F,X,c satisfying Assumptions 1–3: (18),(19),(20) hold a.s.].

The statement carries no rates and no constants; it is a characterization, so it does not depend on any particular test.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 8: under uniform consistency and Assumptions 1 and 3, almost surely EFN[c(x;ξ)]→EF[c(x;ξ)]\mathbb E_{F_N}[c(x;\xi)]\to\mathbb E_F[c(x;\xi)]EFN​​[c(x;ξ)]→EF​[c(x;ξ)] for every x∈Xx\in Xx∈X and every sequence FN∈FNF_N\in\mathcal F_NFN​∈FN​.
  2. Proposition 9: deterministically, convergence of C(xN;FN)\mathcal C(x_N;\mathcal F_N)C(xN​;FN​) along every convergent xN→xx_N\to xxN​→x implies (18).
  3. Theorem 2, "only if" side: uniform consistency implies (18)–(20) a.s. for every admissible instance.
  4. Theorem 2, "if" side: if the test is not uniformly consistent, some admissible instance fails (18)–(20) with positive probability.
  5. Theorem 3: if FN\mathcal F_NFN​ always contains the empirical distribution and the test is ccc-consistent (Definition 5, consistency with respect to the expected costs only), then (18)–(20) hold a.s.
  6. Proposition 4 (first sentence): a uniformly consistent test is consistent in the classical sense, P(F0∉FN)→1\mathbb P(F_0\notin\mathcal F_N)\to1P(F0​∈/FN​)→1 for each F0≠FF_0\neq FF0​=F.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 reduces the asymptotic analysis of a data-driven DRO to a property of a statistical test, which can be checked once per test rather than once per optimization model. The paper uses it to classify DUSs: the χ2\chi^2χ2 and G-tests on a finite support and the Kolmogorov–Smirnov, Kuiper, Cramér–von Mises, Watson and Anderson–Darling tests on the line are uniformly consistent (Theorems 4–5, separate missions of this series), while the test of marginals is not even consistent and so cannot give convergence for every cost. The necessity direction makes the property sharp: a weaker test always admits a well-behaved cost on which the DRO fails to converge. Theorem 3 explains the remaining cases where a DRO converges for one given cost.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper (§10.5), but its proof leans on several standard facts used without detail: the portmanteau theorem, uniform integrability arguments from Billingsley's Convergence of Probability Measures, the Lévy continuity theorem with the Cramér–Wold device, and coercivity arguments carried over from the paper's Theorem 1. A machine-checked version would fix exactly which regularity of the cost these steps need; three such conditions are stated explicitly here (see the scope section). No part of the result is formalized elsewhere to our knowledge; the platform has no notion of a data-driven uncertainty set or of uniform consistency.

Difficulty

Uniform consistency is a statement about weak convergence, while (18)–(20) are statements about expectations of an unbounded, xxx-dependent cost under the members of FN\mathcal F_NFN​. Weak convergence controls expectations only of bounded continuous functions, so the "only if" side must recover convergence of EFN[c(x;ξ)]\mathbb E_{F_N}[c(x;\xi)]EFN​​[c(x;ξ)] from Assumption 3, which requires uniform integrability, and then upgrade pointwise convergence to uniform convergence on compacts and to convergence of minimizers when XXX is unbounded. The tempting route through a single limiting minimization problem fails: the sets FN\mathcal F_NFN​ change with the sample, the worst case is a supremum over infinitely many distributions, and the minimizers of C(⋅;FN)\mathcal C(\cdot;\mathcal F_N)C(⋅;FN​) could escape to infinity unless coercivity on DDD transfers to every member of FN\mathcal F_NFN​. The "if" side needs, from the mere failure of uniform consistency, a single admissible cost whose worst-case objective detects every failure of weak convergence.

Formalization scope

Points are EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), distributions are ProbabilityMeasure ↥Ξ (whose topology is weak convergence), and the data live on the canonical product space ΞN\Xi^{\mathbb N}ΞN with the product law, 0-indexed. "Almost surely" is ∀ᵐ, and in Definition 3 one null set serves every sequence FNF_NFN​. An expectation over a member of FN\mathcal F_NFN​ is +∞+\infty+∞ when the integrand is not integrable, never Lean's default 000. Minima in (19)–(20) are infima in the extended reals, so the empty and unattained cases need no special treatment; (20) applies to sequences that are minimizers for all large NNN.

Four hypotheses are added to the page, each used by the paper's own proof: every FN\mathcal F_NFN​ is nonempty (otherwise the worst case is −∞-\infty−∞ and uniform consistency is vacuous); c(x;⋅)c(x;\cdot)c(x;⋅) is continuous on Ξ\XiΞ; the set DDD of Assumption 2b is open; the growth function ϕ\phiϕ of Assumption 3b is continuous, with EFϕ<∞\mathbb E_F\phi<\inftyEF​ϕ<∞ as fixed on p. 10 of the paper. Theorem 3 additionally assumes Assumption 2, which its proof uses. Proposition 4 assumes the rejection events are measurable. A formalization in which the worst case uses the raw Bochner integral, the supremum ranges over a possibly empty set, or (20) requires minimizers at N=0N=0N=0 would make the statements false or vacuous, and is ruled out.

A full development needs weak convergence and the portmanteau theorem (in Mathlib), uniform integrability and its relation to convergence of means under weak convergence, the strong law of large numbers for the growth function and the empirical measure, the Lévy continuity theorem in several dimensions (in Mathlib, via characteristic functions), and a countable convergence-determining class of bounded continuous functions. The uniform-integrability step and the path characterization of local uniform convergence (Proposition 9) are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions to any milestone are welcome; Proposition 9 is self-contained and deterministic.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Gupta, N. Kallus, Robust Sample Average Approximation, arXiv:1408.4445v3, 2016; Mathematical Programming 171 (2018). https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.4445v3, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1174-z
  • P. Billingsley, Convergence of Probability Measures, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1002/9780470316962
  • E. Delage, Y. Ye, Distributionally Robust Optimization Under Moment Uncertainty with Application to Data-Driven Problems, Operations Research 58(3), 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0741
  • A. Ben-Tal, D. den Hertog, A. De Waegenaere, B. Melenberg, G. Rennen, Robust Solutions of Optimization Problems Affected by Uncertain Probabilities, Management Science 59(2), 2013. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1120.1641
  • P. Mohajerin Esfahani, D. Kuhn, Data-Driven Distributionally Robust Optimization Using the Wasserstein Metric, Mathematical Programming 171, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1172-1
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Machine LearningMarkov ChainStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Nonasymptotic Convergence Analysis for the Unadjusted Langevin Algorithm: Explicit Total-Variation Bound for ULA with Nonincreasing Step Sizes When the Potential Is Strongly Convex Outside a BallResearch Paper

Why sampling from e−Ue^{-U}e−U needs non-asymptotic guarantees

Bayesian inference, statistical physics and machine learning all ask for samples from a probability distribution π\piπ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd whose density is known only up to a constant, π(dx)∝e−U(x)dx\pi(dx)\propto e^{-U(x)}dxπ(dx)∝e−U(x)dx. The unadjusted Langevin algorithm (ULA) is the Euler–Maruyama discretisation of the Langevin diffusion, whose invariant law is π\piπ. It needs only gradients of UUU, has no accept/reject step, and is therefore cheap in high dimension. Without the Metropolis correction, however, the chain does not leave π\piπ invariant, so its usefulness rests on quantitative bounds: how far, in total variation, the law of the ppp-th iterate is from π\piπ, as an explicit function of the dimension ddd, the step sizes and the regularity of UUU.

Durmus and Moulines (arXiv:1507.05021, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017) gave such bounds for constant and decreasing step sizes. Earlier work of Dalalyan (arXiv:1412.7392, 2017) treated strongly log-concave targets with constant steps. Durmus and Moulines cover nonincreasing step sequences and, among other regimes, potentials that are only strongly convex outside a ball; this mission formalizes that case.

Setting

Write ∥⋅∥\|\cdot\|∥⋅∥ and ⟨⋅,⋅⟩\langle\cdot,\cdot\rangle⟨⋅,⋅⟩ for the Euclidean norm and inner product of Rd\mathbb R^dRd. The total variation norm of a difference of probability measures is

∥μ−ν∥TV=sup⁡{∣∫f dμ−∫f dν∣:f Borel, ∣f∣≤1},\|\mu-\nu\|_{\mathrm{TV}}=\sup\Big\{\Big|\int f\,d\mu-\int f\,d\nu\Big|: f\text{ Borel},\ |f|\le1\Big\},∥μ−ν∥TV​=sup{​∫fdμ−∫fdν​:f Borel, ∣f∣≤1},

which ranges in [0,2][0,2][0,2].

The potential U:Rd→RU:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb RU:Rd→R satisfies two assumptions:

  • L1: UUU is differentiable and ∇U\nabla U∇U is LLL-Lipschitz;
  • H3(MsM_sMs​): UUU is convex and ⟨∇U(x)−∇U(y),x−y⟩≥m∥x−y∥2\langle\nabla U(x)-\nabla U(y),x-y\rangle\ge m\|x-y\|^2⟨∇U(x)−∇U(y),x−y⟩≥m∥x−y∥2 whenever ∥x−y∥≥Ms\|x-y\|\ge M_s∥x−y∥≥Ms​, for some Ms≥0M_s\ge0Ms​≥0, m>0m>0m>0.

The point x⋆x^\starx⋆ is a minimiser of UUU, and π(dx)=e−U(x)dx/∫e−U\pi(dx)=e^{-U(x)}dx/\int e^{-U}π(dx)=e−U(x)dx/∫e−U.

The Langevin diffusion is dYt=−∇U(Yt)dt+2 dBtddY_t=-\nabla U(Y_t)dt+\sqrt2\,dB^d_tdYt​=−∇U(Yt​)dt+2​dBtd​, with BdB^dBd a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion. Its transition semigroup is Pt(x,A)=P(Yt(x)∈A)P_t(x,A)=\mathbb P(Y_t(x)\in A)Pt​(x,A)=P(Yt​(x)∈A).

ULA with step sizes (γk)k≥1(\gamma_k)_{k\ge1}(γk​)k≥1​ is the chain

Xk+1=Xk−γk+1∇U(Xk)+2γk+1Zk+1,X_{k+1}=X_k-\gamma_{k+1}\nabla U(X_k)+\sqrt{2\gamma_{k+1}}Z_{k+1},Xk+1​=Xk​−γk+1​∇U(Xk​)+2γk+1​​Zk+1​,

with (Zk)(Z_k)(Zk​) i.i.d. standard Gaussian. Its one-step kernel is Rγ(x,⋅)=N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId)R_\gamma(x,\cdot)=\mathcal N(x-\gamma\nabla U(x),2\gamma I_d)Rγ​(x,⋅)=N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId​), and δxQγn=δxRγ1⋯Rγn\delta_xQ^n_\gamma=\delta_xR_{\gamma_1}\cdots R_{\gamma_n}δx​Qγn​=δx​Rγ1​​⋯Rγn​​ is the law of XnX_nXn​ started at xxx. Write Γn,p=∑k=npγk\Gamma_{n,p}=\sum_{k=n}^p\gamma_kΓn,p​=∑k=np​γk​, and let A(γ,x)=sup⁡k≥0∫∥∇U∥2 d(δxQγk)A(\gamma,x)=\sup_{k\ge0}\int\|\nabla U\|^2\,d(\delta_xQ^k_\gamma)A(γ,x)=supk≥0​∫∥∇U∥2d(δx​Qγk​).

The explicit constants use

  • F(λ,a,c,γ,w)=λaw+c(−λγlog⁡λ)−1F(\lambda,a,c,\gamma,w)=\lambda^aw+c(-\lambda^\gamma\log\lambda)^{-1}F(λ,a,c,γ,w)=λaw+c(−λγlogλ)−1 and G(λ,c,γ,w)=w+c(−λγlog⁡λ)−1G(\lambda,c,\gamma,w)=w+c(-\lambda^\gamma\log\lambda)^{-1}G(λ,c,γ,w)=w+c(−λγlogλ)−1;
  • ω(ε,R)=R2/{2Φ−1(1−ε/2)}2\omega(\varepsilon,R)=R^2/\{2\Phi^{-1}(1-\varepsilon/2)\}^2ω(ε,R)=R2/{2Φ−1(1−ε/2)}2, with Φ\PhiΦ the standard Gaussian distribution function;
  • λ=e−2m+γˉL2\lambda=e^{-2m+\bar\gamma L^2}λ=e−2m+γˉ​L2 and c=2(d+mMs2)c=2(d+mM_s^2)c=2(d+mMs2​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 21 (p. 16)

Let d≥1d\ge1d≥1, and let (γk)(\gamma_k)(γk​) be positive and nonincreasing with γ1≤γˉ<2mL−2\gamma_1\le\bar\gamma<2mL^{-2}γ1​≤γˉ​<2mL−2. Then for all 0≤n<p0\le n<p0≤n<p and xxx,

∥δxQγp−π∥TV≤2−1/2L(∑k=np−1{γk+133A(γ,x)+dγk+12})1/2+C(δxQγn)κΓn+1,p.\|\delta_xQ^p_\gamma-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2^{-1/2}L\Big(\sum_{k=n}^{p-1}\Big\{\tfrac{\gamma^3_{k+1}}3A(\gamma,x)+d\gamma^2_{k+1}\Big\}\Big)^{1/2}+C(\delta_xQ^n_\gamma)\kappa^{\Gamma_{n+1,p}}.∥δx​Qγp​−π∥TV​≤2−1/2L(k=n∑p−1​{3γk+13​​A(γ,x)+dγk+12​})1/2+C(δx​Qγn​)κΓn+1,p​.

The three constants are explicit:

  • the rate, log⁡κ=−m2log⁡2 [log⁡{(1+emω(1/2,max⁡(1,Ms))/4)(1+max⁡(1,Ms))}+log⁡2]−1\log\kappa=-\frac m2\log2\,[\log\{(1+e^{m\omega(1/2,\max(1,M_s))/4})(1+\max(1,M_s))\}+\log2]^{-1}logκ=−2m​log2[log{(1+emω(1/2,max(1,Ms​))/4)(1+max(1,Ms​))}+log2]−1;
  • the constant of the first term, A(γ,x)≤L2G(λ,c,γ1,∥x−x⋆∥2)A(\gamma,x)\le L^2G(\lambda,c,\gamma_1,\|x-x^\star\|^2)A(γ,x)≤L2G(λ,c,γ1​,∥x−x⋆∥2);
  • the constant of the second term, C(δxQγn)≤6+2(d/m+Ms2)1/2+2F1/2(λ,Γ1,n,c,γ1,∥x−x⋆∥2)C(\delta_xQ^n_\gamma)\le6+2(d/m+M_s^2)^{1/2}+2F^{1/2}(\lambda,\Gamma_{1,n},c,\gamma_1,\|x-x^\star\|^2)C(δx​Qγn​)≤6+2(d/m+Ms2​)1/2+2F1/2(λ,Γ1,n​,c,γ1​,∥x−x⋆∥2).

Milestones, in the order of the proof (§5.1, p. 34)

  1. (56), p. 30: for dXt=b(Xt)dt+dBtddX_t=b(X_t)dt+dB^d_tdXt​=b(Xt​)dt+dBtd​ with bbb Lipschitz and monotone (G1), sup⁡∥x−y∥≤R∥Pt(x,⋅)−Pt(y,⋅)∥TV≤2(1−ε)\sup_{\|x-y\|\le R}\|P_t(x,\cdot)-P_t(y,\cdot)\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2(1-\varepsilon)sup∥x−y∥≤R​∥Pt​(x,⋅)−Pt​(y,⋅)∥TV​≤2(1−ε) for t≥ω(ε,R)t\ge\omega(\varepsilon,R)t≥ω(ε,R).
  2. Theorem 36, p. 33: under G1 and the contraction G3, ∥Pt(x,⋅)−Pt(y,⋅)∥TV≤2{(1−ε)−1+1+∥x−y∥}κt\|P_t(x,\cdot)-P_t(y,\cdot)\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2\{(1-\varepsilon)^{-1}+1+\|x-y\|\}\kappa^t∥Pt​(x,⋅)−Pt​(y,⋅)∥TV​≤2{(1−ε)−1+1+∥x−y∥}κt with an explicit κ\kappaκ.
  3. §5.1, p. 34: ∥Pt(x,⋅)−π∥TV≤2{3+∥x−x⋆∥+∫∥y−x⋆∥dπ(y)}κt\|P_t(x,\cdot)-\pi\|_{\mathrm{TV}}\le2\{3+\|x-x^\star\|+\int\|y-x^\star\|d\pi(y)\}\kappa^t∥Pt​(x,⋅)−π∥TV​≤2{3+∥x−x⋆∥+∫∥y−x⋆∥dπ(y)}κt for the Langevin semigroup.
  4. §5.1, p. 34: ∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ(y)≤d/m+Ms2\int\|y-x^\star\|^2d\pi(y)\le d/m+M_s^2∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ(y)≤d/m+Ms2​.
  5. Proposition 20, p. 16: V(x)=∥x−x⋆∥2V(x)=\|x-x^\star\|^2V(x)=∥x−x⋆∥2 satisfies RγV≤λγV+γcR_\gamma V\le\lambda^\gamma V+\gamma cRγ​V≤λγV+γc for γ∈(0,γˉ]\gamma\in(0,\bar\gamma]γ∈(0,γˉ​].
  6. Lemma 1, p. 5: such a drift gives QγnV(x)≤F(λ,Γn,c,γ1,V(x))Q^n_\gamma V(x)\le F(\lambda,\Gamma_n,c,\gamma_1,V(x))Qγn​V(x)≤F(λ,Γn​,c,γ1​,V(x)).
  7. Proposition 2, p. 5: the decomposition bound (10), given the geometric ergodicity (3) of the diffusion.

The paper's proofs follow each statement in the body of the paper (§4.1, §4.12, §5, §5.1).

Significance

The theorem bounds the sampling error of ULA in total variation non-asymptotically, with a dimension-free contraction rate κ\kappaκ and constants polynomial in ddd. With steps decreasing to zero and cumulative step size diverging, its bound gives convergence of δxQγp\delta_xQ^p_\gammaδx​Qγp​ to π\piπ; for constant steps, the paper reports iteration counts of order dlog⁡dd\log ddlogd at a prescribed precision in Table 2. H3 covers log-concave targets whose potential can lack strong convexity inside a ball.

The result is proved in the paper but, as far as the platform's catalogue shows, not formalized anywhere. A formalization adds machine-checked versions of several reusable pieces:

  • a Foster–Lyapunov moment bound for time-inhomogeneous Markov chains (Lemma 1);
  • a Girsanov–Pinsker discretisation estimate for Euler schemes (Proposition 2);
  • a reflection-coupling contraction for diffusions with monotone drift (56), Theorem 36.

Difficulty

The ULA chain is not reversible with respect to π\piπ, so the spectral and Dirichlet-form tools of reversible MCMC do not apply to it directly. The bound must instead compare the chain with the continuous diffusion.

That comparison needs Girsanov's theorem on path space and a uniform control of ∫∥∇U∥2\int\|\nabla U\|^2∫∥∇U∥2 along a time-inhomogeneous chain.

The rate of the diffusion itself is the second obstacle. Without global strong convexity, synchronous coupling gives no contraction inside the ball ∥x−y∥<Ms\|x-y\|<M_s∥x−y∥<Ms​. An explicit rate requires a reflection coupling together with return-time estimates, and it has to be transferred through the time change between dY=−∇U dt+2dBdY=-\nabla U\,dt+\sqrt2dBdY=−∇Udt+2​dB and dX=−12∇U dt+dBdX=-\frac12\nabla U\,dt+dBdX=−21​∇Udt+dB.

Formalization scope

The state space is the published EthierKurtz.SDEState d, i.e. EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d), and Brownian motion and strong solutions are the published EthierKurtz.IsStandardBrownian and EthierKurtz.SolvesBrownianSDE. The conventions are:

  • Semigroup. A semigroup is pinned down by the laws of solutions. PPP is the semigroup of dX=b(X)dt+s dBdX=b(X)dt+s\,dBdX=b(X)dt+sdB when every strong solution from xxx, on every probability space, has time-ttt law Pt(x,⋅)P_t(x,\cdot)Pt​(x,⋅). The Langevin case is b=−∇Ub=-\nabla Ub=−∇U, s=2s=\sqrt2s=2​.
  • Total variation. It is the sup⁡∣f∣≤1\sup_{|f|\le1}sup∣f∣≤1​ norm. Using sup⁡A∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣\sup_A|\mu(A)-\nu(A)|supA​∣μ(A)−ν(A)∣ instead would halve every bound.
  • ULA. The laws δxQγn\delta_xQ^n_\gammaδx​Qγn​ are iterated Measure.bind with the Gaussian kernel N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId)\mathcal N(x-\gamma\nabla U(x),2\gamma I_d)N(x−γ∇U(x),2γId​). Steps are indexed from 111, and Γn,p=0\Gamma_{n,p}=0Γn,p​=0 for p<np<np<n.
  • Moments. Upper-bounded moments (QγnVQ^n_\gamma VQγn​V, ∫∥∇U∥2\int\|\nabla U\|^2∫∥∇U∥2, ∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ\int\|y-x^\star\|^2d\pi∫∥y−x⋆∥2dπ) are lower Lebesgue integrals, so a non-integrable function cannot make a bound free. A(γ,x)≤aA(\gamma,x)\le aA(γ,x)≤a is a bound for every kkk, not a real supremum.
  • Normalisation of π\piπ. No hypothesis ∫e−U<∞\int e^{-U}<\infty∫e−U<∞ is added; it follows from L1 and H3.
  • Quantile. Φ−1(u)=inf⁡{z:Φ(z)≥u}\Phi^{-1}(u)=\inf\{z:\Phi(z)\ge u\}Φ−1(u)=inf{z:Φ(z)≥u}.
  • Logarithms and powers. λ\lambdaλ, κ\kappaκ lie in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), so the logarithms and real powers are genuine.

Several hypotheses are added or read in a particular way, and each is disclosed in the item's statement:

  • x⋆x^\starx⋆. It is a bound variable with the hypothesis that it minimises UUU; the paper uses x⋆x^\starx⋆ in §3.3 without defining it.
  • Proposition 20. The dimension is positive so its printed c=2(d+mMs2)c=2(d+mM_s^2)c=2(d+mMs2​) satisfies (6)'s requirement c>0c>0c>0; this is stated in Lean.
  • Lemma 1. It carries the §2 standing assumption L1, which makes the Euler transition family measurable in its starting point. It is stated for Borel V≥0V\ge0V≥0 rather than V≥1V\ge1V≥1, because Theorem 21 applies it to ∥x−x⋆∥2\|x-x^\star\|^2∥x−x⋆∥2.
  • Proposition 2. It assumes (3) only at μ0=δxQγn\mu_0=\delta_xQ^n_\gammaμ0​=δx​Qγn​, with finite CCC and a finite bound on A(γ,x)A(\gamma,x)A(γ,x).
  • (11). The printed Qγk(y,dz)Q^k_\gamma(y,dz)Qγk​(y,dz) is read as Qγk(x,dz)Q^k_\gamma(x,dz)Qγk​(x,dz).

The citations [20] (existence of solutions), [27] (Lindvall), [32] (Meyn–Tweedie) and Girsanov's theorem are used inside the proofs and are not restated.

The library work needed is substantial: Itô calculus for the reflection coupling, Girsanov's theorem, Pinsker's inequality in this norm, and generator–drift arguments for the moments of π\piπ. Contributions of any of these as standalone platform theorems are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Durmus, É. Moulines, Nonasymptotic convergence analysis for the unadjusted Langevin algorithm, Ann. Appl. Probab. 27(3), 2017; cited as arXiv:1507.05021v3. https://arxiv.org/abs/1507.05021
  • A. S. Dalalyan, Theoretical guarantees for approximate sampling from smooth and log-concave densities, J. R. Stat. Soc. B 79(3), 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1412.7392
  • T. Lindvall, L. C. G. Rogers, Coupling of multidimensional diffusions by reflection, Ann. Probab. 14(3), 1986. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176992436
  • S. P. Meyn, R. L. Tweedie, Stability of Markovian processes III: Foster–Lyapunov criteria for continuous-time processes, Adv. Appl. Probab. 25(3), 1993. https://doi.org/10.2307/1427522
  • G. O. Roberts, R. L. Tweedie, Exponential convergence of Langevin distributions and their discrete approximations, Bernoulli 2(4), 1996. https://doi.org/10.2307/3318418
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Heavy-Tail Behavior of the Distributionally Robust Newsvendor 2: Below the Critical Ratio η₀ = 1 − (m₁^α/m_α)^{1/(α−1)} the Robust Newsvendor Orders Nothing; Above It Orders at Least q₀Research Paper

Motivation

The newsvendor problem is the basic single-period inventory decision: a retailer orders q≥0q\ge0q≥0 units at unit cost ccc before a random demand d~\tilde dd~ is observed, sells at unit price p>cp>cp>c, and loses unsold units. When the demand law is known, the optimal order is a quantile of that law. In practice the law is rarely known, and a distributionally robust newsvendor instead hedges against the worst law in an ambiguity set of laws consistent with partial information.

Scarf (1958; reference [42] of arXiv:1806.05379) solved the case where only the mean and the variance of demand are known, and observed that for a range of small profit margins the robust newsvendor orders nothing. Demand data in retail and spare-parts settings are often heavy tailed: Pareto fits with exponent close to 111 have been reported, so a finite mean is plausible while a finite variance is not. Das, Dhara and Natarajan (arXiv:1806.05379) therefore replace the variance by an α\alphaα-th moment for an arbitrary real α>1\alpha>1α>1. This mission formalizes their result that the zero-order phenomenon survives for every such α\alphaα.

Setting

Write the critical ratio as η=1−c/p∈[0,1)\eta=1-c/p\in[0,1)η=1−c/p∈[0,1). A demand law is a probability measure FFF on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). Fix a real α>1\alpha>1α>1 and two moments m1,mαm_1,m_\alpham1​,mα​ with

mα>m1α>0.m_\alpha>m_1^\alpha>0 .mα​>m1α​>0.

The ambiguity set is

F1,α={F: ∫0∞w dF(w)=m1, ∫0∞wα dF(w)=mα},\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}=\Big\{F:\ \int_0^\infty w\,dF(w)=m_1,\ \int_0^\infty w^\alpha\,dF(w)=m_\alpha\Big\},F1,α​={F: ∫0∞​wdF(w)=m1​, ∫0∞​wαdF(w)=mα​},

the laws on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with mean m1m_1m1​ and α\alphaα-th moment mαm_\alphamα​. The worst-case expected shortage is

Π1,α(q)=sup⁡F∈F1,αEF[d~−q]+,\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)=\sup_{F\in\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}}\mathbb E_F[\tilde d-q]^+ ,Π1,α​(q)=F∈F1,α​sup​EF​[d~−q]+,

and the robust newsvendor problem (3.2) is

min⁡q≥0 ((1−η)q+Π1,α(q)).\min_{q\ge0}\ \big((1-\eta)q+\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)\big).q≥0min​ ((1−η)q+Π1,α​(q)).

An optimal order quantity is a minimizer q∗≥0q^*\ge0q∗≥0 of this objective. Two thresholds appear:

η0=1−(m1αmα)1/(α−1),q0=α−1α(mαm1)1/(α−1).\eta_0=1-\Big(\frac{m_1^\alpha}{m_\alpha}\Big)^{1/(\alpha-1)},\qquad q_0=\frac{\alpha-1}{\alpha}\Big(\frac{m_\alpha}{m_1}\Big)^{1/(\alpha-1)} .η0​=1−(mα​m1α​​)1/(α−1),q0​=αα−1​(m1​mα​​)1/(α−1).

In Lean these are ambiguitySet, worstCase, robustCost, eta0, q0 and IsOptimalOrder in the namespace HeavyTailNV.ZeroOrder.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 3.2 (p. 13)

η0∈(0,1)\eta_0\in(0,1)η0​∈(0,1), and

  • for every η∈[0,η0)\eta\in[0,\eta_0)η∈[0,η0​) the set of optimal order quantities is exactly {0}\{0\}{0};
  • for every η∈(η0,1)\eta\in(\eta_0,1)η∈(η0​,1) an optimal order quantity exists, and every optimal order quantity q∗q^*q∗ satisfies q∗>0q^*>0q∗>0 and
q∗≥q0;q^*\ge q_0 ;q∗≥q0​;
  • for η=η0\eta=\eta_0η=η0​ every q∈[0,q0]q\in[0,q_0]q∈[0,q0​] is optimal.

Milestones

  1. Proposition 3.1 (p. 12): for 0≤q≤q00\le q\le q_00≤q≤q0​,
Π1,α(q)=m1−q(m1αmα)1/(α−1),\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)=m_1-q\Big(\frac{m_1^\alpha}{m_\alpha}\Big)^{1/(\alpha-1)},Π1,α​(q)=m1​−q(mα​m1α​​)1/(α−1),

and the two-point law with mass (m1α/mα)1/(α−1)(m_1^\alpha/m_\alpha)^{1/(\alpha-1)}(m1α​/mα​)1/(α−1) at (mα/m1)1/(α−1)(m_\alpha/m_1)^{1/(\alpha-1)}(mα​/m1​)1/(α−1) and the rest at 000 lies in F1,α\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}F1,α​ and attains the supremum. 2. Properties of Π\PiΠ (§2.1, p. 6): Π1,α\Pi_{1,\alpha}Π1,α​ is non-increasing and convex, Π1,α(q)+q=m1\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)+q=m_1Π1,α​(q)+q=m1​ for q≤0q\le0q≤0, and Π1,α(q)→0\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)\to0Π1,α​(q)→0 as q→∞q\to\inftyq→∞. 3. Display (3.10) (p. 14): for η∈[0,1)\eta\in[0,1)η∈[0,1) and 0≤q≤q00\le q\le q_00≤q≤q0​,

(1−η)q+Π1,α(q)=m1−q(η−η0).(1-\eta)q+\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)=m_1-q(\eta-\eta_0).(1−η)q+Π1,α​(q)=m1​−q(η−η0​).

Significance

Proposition 3.2 shows that for every finite moment order α>1\alpha>1α>1, however high, there is a nonempty interval [0,η0)[0,\eta_0)[0,η0​) of critical ratios in which the robust newsvendor orders nothing, and it gives the threshold η0\eta_0η0​ and the minimum positive order q0q_0q0​ in closed form. For α=2\alpha=2α=2 it recovers Scarf's zero-order region. The worst-case law associated with Π1,α\Pi_{1,\alpha}Π1,α​ therefore carries a positive mass at zero demand, which is the low-service-level counterpart of the paper's heavy-tail result for high critical ratios (the companion mission of this series).

The results are proved in the paper: the proof of Proposition 3.1 follows the statement on pp. 12–13 and the proof of Proposition 3.2 is on p. 14. None of them has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a usable treatment of moment-constrained suprema over probability measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), of the stop-loss transform q↦E[d~−q]+q\mapsto\mathbb E[\tilde d-q]^+q↦E[d~−q]+, and of minimizers of convex functions on a half-line. These pieces recur across robust inventory and pricing models.

Difficulty

The closed form of Proposition 3.1 is the central step. The lower bound is a computation with a two-point law. The matching upper bound has to hold against every law in F1,α\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}F1,α​, including laws with unbounded support and non-integer α\alphaα. The paper obtains it from a dual certificate for the moment problem (3.3)–(3.4), and weak duality for this semi-infinite problem is not available off the shelf. The closed form also holds only on [0,q0][0,q_0][0,q0​]. To conclude anything about minimizers on all of [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), where no closed form is known for general α\alphaα (the dual leads to equations awα+bw+c=0aw^\alpha+bw+c=0awα+bw+c=0, p. 11), one needs convexity of Π1,α\Pi_{1,\alpha}Π1,α​ on the whole line. Inspecting the objective on [0,q0][0,q_0][0,q0​] alone does not determine the global minimizers.

Formalization scope

  • Demand laws are Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure F and F (Set.Iio 0) = 0. Moments are Bochner integrals, and the set requires Integrable (fun w => w) F and Integrable (fun w => w ^ α) F (real rpow), so that the moment equalities are genuine.
  • Π1,α\Pi_{1,\alpha}Π1,α​ is a real sSup. Under the standing hypotheses α>1\alpha>1α>1, m1>0m_1>0m1​>0, mα>m1αm_\alpha>m_1^\alphamα​>m1α​ the set is nonempty (it contains the two-point law of Proposition 3.1) and the expectations are bounded above by m1+∣q∣m_1+|q|m1​+∣q∣, so the value is not Lean's default for an empty or unbounded set. Every statement carries these standing hypotheses of (3.1); no other hypothesis is added except the range η∈[0,1)\eta\in[0,1)η∈[0,1) in (3.10), which is the paper's standing range of the critical ratio.
  • Optimality is minimization over q∈[0,∞)q\in[0,\infty)q∈[0,∞), as in (3.2), not over R\mathbb RR. Over R\mathbb RR the objective equals m1−ηqm_1-\eta qm1​−ηq for q≤0q\le0q≤0, and part (a) would fail at η=0\eta=0η=0.
  • Trivializing readings are ruled out. Part (a) asserts that {0}\{0\}{0} is the whole set of minimizers, not only that 000 is a minimizer. Part (b) asserts that a minimizer exists, so its lower bound is not vacuous. Dropping the support constraint, the normalization, or the integrability clauses would change the problem or let junk integrals satisfy the moment constraints.
  • The unit cost and price never appear; everything is stated in η\etaη.
  • The ambiguity set, worst-case value and objective come from the shared HeavyTailNV.Tail.Model. This mission defines the thresholds, optimality predicate and two-point law in HeavyTailNV.ZeroOrder.Model. Contributions to the general moment-problem duality used by Proposition 3.1 are welcome and reusable well beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • B. Das, A. Dhara and K. Natarajan, On the heavy-tail behavior of the distributionally robust newsvendor, Operations Research 69(4), 2021; preprint arXiv:1806.05379v2, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1806.05379
  • H. Scarf, A min–max solution of an inventory problem, in K. Arrow, S. Karlin and H. Scarf (eds.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, pp. 201–209, Stanford University Press, 1958 (no DOI; reference [42] of https://arxiv.org/abs/1806.05379).
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Sample Average Approximation 3: The Kolmogorov–Smirnov, Kuiper, Cramér–von Mises, Watson and Anderson–Darling Tests with O(N^(−1/2)) Thresholds Are Uniformly ConsistentResearch Paper

Motivation

Robust Sample Average Approximation (Robust SAA) is a data-driven approach to stochastic optimization proposed by Bertsimas, Gupta and Kallus (arXiv:1408.4445; Mathematical Programming (2018), doi:10.1007/s10107-017-1174-z). Instead of minimizing the empirical average of a cost, a decision maker minimizes the worst-case expected cost over a distributional uncertainty set: the set of distributions that a statistical goodness-of-fit (GoF) test does not reject at a chosen significance level, given the observed data. Each classical GoF test therefore produces its own robust optimization model.

Whether such a model behaves well as data accumulate depends on a property of the test. Theorem 2 of the paper shows that Robust SAA converges, in objective, optimal value and optimal solutions, for every admissible cost if and only if the underlying test is uniformly consistent. This mission concerns the univariate case: it asks for a proof that the five standard tests on the real line, those of Kolmogorov–Smirnov, Kuiper, Cramér–von Mises, Watson and Anderson–Darling, are uniformly consistent (Theorem 5, p. 14). The companion missions of the series treat the characterization (Theorem 2) and the discrete χ² and G-tests (Theorem 4).

Setting

Let FFF be a probability distribution on R\mathbb RR, and let ξ1,ξ2,…\xi^1,\xi^2,\dotsξ1,ξ2,… be independent draws from FFF. As in §3.2 of the paper, ξ\xiξ is a continuous random variable: FFF has no atoms. For a candidate distribution F0F_0F0​ write F0(t)=F0((−∞,t])F_0(t)=F_0((-\infty,t])F0​(t)=F0​((−∞,t]) for its cdf, and write ξ(1)≤⋯≤ξ(N)\xi^{(1)}\le\dots\le\xi^{(N)}ξ(1)≤⋯≤ξ(N) for the sorted sample of size NNN. With ui=F0(ξ(i))u_i=F_0(\xi^{(i)})ui​=F0​(ξ(i)), the five statistics (8) are

DN=max⁡1≤i≤Nmax⁡{iN−ui, ui−i−1N},VN=max⁡i(ui−i−1N)+max⁡i(iN−ui),WN=(112N2+1N∑i=1N(2i−12N−ui)2)1/2,UN=(WN2−(1N∑i=1Nui−12)2)1/2,\begin{aligned} D_N&=\max_{1\le i\le N}\max\Big\{\tfrac iN-u_i,\ u_i-\tfrac{i-1}N\Big\},& V_N&=\max_i\Big(u_i-\tfrac{i-1}N\Big)+\max_i\Big(\tfrac iN-u_i\Big),\\ W_N&=\Big(\tfrac1{12N^2}+\tfrac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\Big(\tfrac{2i-1}{2N}-u_i\Big)^2\Big)^{1/2},& U_N&=\Big(W_N^2-\Big(\tfrac1N\sum_{i=1}^Nu_i-\tfrac12\Big)^2\Big)^{1/2}, \end{aligned}DN​WN​​=1≤i≤Nmax​max{Ni​−ui​, ui​−Ni−1​},=(12N21​+N1​i=1∑N​(2N2i−1​−ui​)2)1/2,​VN​UN​​=imax​(ui​−Ni−1​)+imax​(Ni​−ui​),=(WN2​−(N1​i=1∑N​ui​−21​)2)1/2,​ AN=(−1−∑i=1N2i−1N2(log⁡ui+log⁡(1−uN+1−i)))1/2.A_N=\Big(-1-\sum_{i=1}^N\tfrac{2i-1}{N^2}\big(\log u_i+\log(1-u_{N+1-i})\big)\Big)^{1/2}.AN​=(−1−i=1∑N​N22i−1​(logui​+log(1−uN+1−i​)))1/2.

For a statistic SNS_NSN​ and a threshold QSN(α)Q_{S_N}(\alpha)QSN​​(α), the confidence region (7) is FSNα={F0:SN(F0;ξ1,…,ξN)≤QSN(α)}\mathcal F^\alpha_{S_N}=\{F_0: S_N(F_0;\xi^1,\dots,\xi^N)\le Q_{S_N}(\alpha)\}FSN​α​={F0​:SN​(F0​;ξ1,…,ξN)≤QSN​​(α)}: the distributions the test does not reject. A test is uniformly consistent (Definition 3, p. 13) if, for every data-generating FFF, almost surely every sequence FNF_NFN​ that does not converge weakly to FFF is rejected infinitely often, i.e. FN∉FNF_N\notin\mathcal F_NFN​∈/FN​ for infinitely many NNN. The Lévy metric between cdfs is dLeˊvy(G,G′)=inf⁡{ϵ>0:G(ξ−ϵ)−ϵ≤G′(ξ)≤G(ξ+ϵ)+ϵ ∀ξ}d_{\text{Lévy}}(G,G')=\inf\{\epsilon>0: G(\xi-\epsilon)-\epsilon\le G'(\xi)\le G(\xi+\epsilon)+\epsilon\ \forall\xi\}dLeˊvy​(G,G′)=inf{ϵ>0:G(ξ−ϵ)−ϵ≤G′(ξ)≤G(ξ+ϵ)+ϵ ∀ξ}, and F^N\hat F_NF^N​ denotes the empirical cdf.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 5

For thresholds τN\tau_NτN​ with τN≤q/N\tau_N\le q/\sqrt NτN​≤q/N​ for some constant qqq and all N≥1N\ge1N≥1,

the regions {F0:SN(F0)≤τN},SN∈{DN,VN,WN,UN,AN}, are uniformly consistent.\text{the regions }\{F_0: S_N(F_0)\le\tau_N\},\quad S_N\in\{D_N,V_N,W_N,U_N,A_N\},\ \text{are uniformly consistent.}the regions {F0​:SN​(F0​)≤τN​},SN​∈{DN​,VN​,WN​,UN​,AN​}, are uniformly consistent.

The statement fixes only the rate O(N−1/2)O(N^{-1/2})O(N−1/2) of the thresholds, which is all the paper's argument uses; it holds for any sequence with that rate, in particular for the tabulated quantiles QSN(α)Q_{S_N}(\alpha)QSN​​(α).

Milestones (§10.7, pp. 38–39)

  1. dLeˊvyd_{\text{Lévy}}dLeˊvy​ metrizes weak convergence on R\mathbb RR; almost surely dLeˊvy(F^N,F)→0d_{\text{Lévy}}(\hat F_N,F)\to0dLeˊvy​(F^N​,F)→0.
  2. dLeˊvy(F^N,F0)≤DN(F0)d_{\text{Lévy}}(\hat F_N,F_0)\le D_N(F_0)dLeˊvy​(F^N​,F0​)≤DN​(F0​), and DN≤VND_N\le V_NDN​≤VN​.
  3. DN2(F0)≤max⁡{1/N+3/(2N), N WN2(F0)+2/N}D_N^2(F_0)\le\max\{1/\sqrt N+3/(2N),\ \sqrt N\,W_N^2(F_0)+2/\sqrt N\}DN2​(F0​)≤max{1/N​+3/(2N), N​WN2​(F0​)+2/N​}, and the same with WN2W_N^2WN2​ replaced by AN2A_N^2AN2​.
  4. WN2−UN2=(1N∑iF0(ξ(i))−12)2≤max⁡{… }W_N^2-U_N^2=(\tfrac1N\sum_iF_0(\xi^{(i)})-\tfrac12)^2\le\max\{\dots\}WN2​−UN2​=(N1​∑i​F0​(ξ(i))−21​)2≤max{…}, a bound in terms of DN′(F0)=max⁡i∣F0(ξ(i))−2i−12N∣D'_N(F_0)=\max_i|F_0(\xi^{(i)})-\tfrac{2i-1}{2N}|DN′​(F0​)=maxi​∣F0​(ξ(i))−2N2i−1​∣.

Significance

The result. Together with Theorem 2 of the paper, Theorem 5 guarantees that Robust SAA built on any of these five univariate tests converges for every cost that is equicontinuous in the decision and satisfies the paper's growth conditions. It also feeds Proposition 5, which extends the guarantee to multivariate problems with separable costs by testing marginals. Without it, the univariate tests would carry only the finite-sample guarantee of Proposition 1 and no asymptotic one.

The formalization. The theorem is proved in the paper, but the published argument for the Watson test has a gap. Its last step asserts that (1N∑imin⁡{1,2i−12N+DN′}−12)2=O(1/N)(\tfrac1N\sum_i\min\{1,\tfrac{2i-1}{2N}+D'_N\}-\tfrac12)^2=O(1/N)(N1​∑i​min{1,2N2i−1​+DN′​}−21​)2=O(1/N) whenever DN′≥1/N+1/ND'_N\ge1/\sqrt N+1/NDN′​≥1/N​+1/N, which fails when DN′D'_NDN′​ stays bounded away from 000 (at DN′=1/2D'_N=1/2DN′​=1/2 the expression tends to 9/649/649/64). The Watson clause is believed true, but a complete proof needs a different argument. The Anderson–Darling step relies on a cited integral representation rather than an argument on the page. A machine-checked proof would close both points. No part of the theorem is formalized elsewhere, as far as a search of the platform shows.

Difficulty

The Kolmogorov–Smirnov case reduces to deterministic inequalities once the Lévy-metric picture is in place, but each of the other statistics controls DND_NDN​ only indirectly. The Cramér–von Mises statistic is an L2L^2L2 quantity, and an L2L^2L2 bound does not by itself control a supremum. What closes the gap is monotonicity of F0F_0F0​ together with the rate of the threshold, so a threshold that merely tends to 000 is not enough. The Watson statistic is invariant under cyclic rotation of the transformed sample u1,…,uNu_1,\dots,u_Nu1​,…,uN​ on the circle [0,1)[0,1)[0,1), so a small UNU_NUN​ leaves the centring term 1N∑iF0(ξ(i))−12\tfrac1N\sum_iF_0(\xi^{(i)})-\tfrac12N1​∑i​F0​(ξ(i))−21​ uncontrolled until the boundary constraints 0≤F0≤10\le F_0\le10≤F0​≤1 are used. The obvious attempt, bounding the centring term by DN′D'_NDN′​ alone, is the step that fails on p. 39.

Formalization scope

Distributions are MeasureTheory.ProbabilityMeasure ℝ, with weak convergence as their topology. The cdf is Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.cdf. The data are the coordinates of the canonical product space ℕ → ℝ under Measure.infinitePi, so the sample of size NNN is (ω0,…,ωN−1)(\omega_0,\dots,\omega_{N-1})(ω0​,…,ωN−1​). Order statistics are the sorted sample s ∘ Tuple.sort s, and every formula of (8) is written with the paper's 1-based index (iii in Lean is the paper's i+1i+1i+1; ξ(N+1−i)\xi^{(N+1-i)}ξ(N+1−i) is Fin.rev i).

Committed conventions:

  • distributions range over all of R\mathbb RR; a support [ξ‾,ξ‾][\underline\xi,\overline\xi][ξ​,ξ​] with infinite endpoints is this case;
  • the data law has no atoms (§3.2's standing assumption, expressed by the predicate IsContinuousLaw), although the paper's proof does not use it;
  • ANA_NAN​ takes values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] and is +∞+\infty+∞ when some F0(ξ(i))∈{0,1}F_0(\xi^{(i)})\in\{0,1\}F0​(ξ(i))∈{0,1}, so Lean's log⁡0=0\log0=0log0=0 never makes a distribution look close;
  • the threshold hypothesis is an explicit constant, τN≤q/N\tau_N\le q/\sqrt NτN​≤q/N​ for N≥1N\ge1N≥1;
  • maxima over an empty index set are 000, and every fixed-NNN milestone assumes N≥1N\ge1N≥1.

Uniform consistency is quantified over all sequences FNF_NFN​ inside the almost-sure event, as in Definition 3. A pointwise consistency statement for a fixed F0F_0F0​ is a different and weaker theorem and does not count.

A full development needs the Lévy metric and its metrization of weak convergence on R\mathbb RR, the Glivenko–Cantelli theorem in Lévy form, and elementary order-statistic inequalities. The first two are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions of independent value include a corrected proof of the Watson step, and a proof of the goal without the atomless hypothesis.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, V. Gupta, N. Kallus, Robust Sample Average Approximation, arXiv:1408.4445v3 (2016); Mathematical Programming (2018). https://arxiv.org/abs/1408.4445, https://doi.org/10.1007/s10107-017-1174-z
  • R. M. Dudley, Real Analysis and Probability, Cambridge University Press, 2002, Theorem 11.4.1. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511755347
  • R. B. D'Agostino, M. A. Stephens (eds.), Goodness-of-Fit Techniques, Marcel Dekker, New York, 1986 (reference [14] of the paper; the source of the formulas (8)).
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Robust Sample Average Approximation 2: Pearson's χ² Test and the G-Test on a Known Finite Support, with Thresholds √(Q/N), Are Uniformly ConsistentResearch Paper

Motivation

A decision made from sampled data can be sensitive to the distribution chosen to represent future uncertainty. Robust sample average approximation addresses this by optimizing against every distribution that passes a goodness of fit test, rather than against one fitted distribution. The resulting set of plausible laws is a data driven uncertainty set. Its finite sample coverage and its behavior as the sample grows serve different purposes: coverage protects against sampling error at a chosen sample size, while convergence asks whether the uncertainty set eventually stops admitting laws far from the true one. Bertsimas, Gupta, and Kallus distinguish these properties in their Robust Sample Average Approximation paper.

This mission concerns the two tests the paper assigns to a known finite support: Pearson's χ2\chi^2χ2 test and the G test. Both compare the empirical frequencies of the observed support points with the probabilities under a proposed law. Their confidence regions give concrete uncertainty sets for discrete data. The paper's Theorem 4 states that both tests have the stronger convergence property it calls uniform consistency. That property is used in its general characterization of when robust sample average approximation converges for every admissible cost function (Theorem 2 and Table 1, pp. 13–14).

Setting

Fix a known set of nnn possible observations, labelled j=1,…,nj=1,\ldots,nj=1,…,n. A probability law FFF on this support is specified by probabilities pF(j)p_F(j)pF​(j), each nonnegative and summing to one. A sample of size NNN consists of independent observations ξ1,…,ξN\xi^1,\ldots,\xi^Nξ1,…,ξN from an unknown true law FFF. Its empirical frequency at label jjj is

p^N(j)=1N∑i=1N1{ξi=j}.\widehat p_N(j)=\frac1N\sum_{i=1}^N\mathbf 1\{\xi^i=j\}.p​N​(j)=N1​i=1∑N​1{ξi=j}.

To assess a hypothetical law F0F_0F0​ with probabilities p0(j)p_0(j)p0​(j), Pearson's statistic and the G statistic are, in the paper's normalization,

XN(F0)=(∑j=1n(p0(j)−p^N(j))2p0(j))1/2,GN(F0)=(2∑j=1np^N(j)log⁡p^N(j)p0(j))1/2.X_N(F_0)=\left(\sum_{j=1}^n\frac{(p_0(j)-\widehat p_N(j))^2}{p_0(j)}\right)^{1/2},\qquad G_N(F_0)=\left(2\sum_{j=1}^n\widehat p_N(j)\log\frac{\widehat p_N(j)}{p_0(j)}\right)^{1/2}.XN​(F0​)=(j=1∑n​p0​(j)(p0​(j)−p​N​(j))2​)1/2,GN​(F0​)=(2j=1∑n​p​N​(j)logp0​(j)p​N​(j)​)1/2.

The confidence region for each test is the set of hypothetical laws whose statistic is at most Q/N\sqrt{Q/N}Q/N​, where Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0 is fixed across sample sizes. An observed point to which F0F_0F0​ assigns zero probability makes either statistic infinite. A term with zero empirical frequency contributes zero to the G sum, including when its hypothetical probability is zero. These conventions make the regions describe the same tests at the boundary of the probability simplex as they do in its interior (§3.1, p. 8; §10.6, p. 38).

A sequence of laws FNF_NFN​ is weakly convergent to FFF when expectations of every bounded continuous function converge. On this finite support, weak convergence can be measured by the total variation distance

dTV(q,q′)=12∑j=1n∣q(j)−q′(j)∣.d_{\mathrm{TV}}(q,q')=\frac12\sum_{j=1}^n|q(j)-q'(j)|.dTV​(q,q′)=21​j=1∑n​∣q(j)−q′(j)∣.

The paper's Definition 3 calls a test uniformly consistent when, for every true law FFF, almost surely every sequence FNF_NFN​ that fails to converge weakly to FFF lies outside the confidence region infinitely often (Definition 3, p. 13). The almost sure event applies to all such sequences at once; this is stronger than a statement about one fixed false hypothesis.

Formalization targets

Goal: both tests are uniformly consistent

For the Pearson and G confidence regions FNχ2\mathcal F_N^{\chi^2}FNχ2​ and FNG\mathcal F_N^GFNG​ with fixed Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0, the target is

UC⁡(FNχ2)andUC⁡(FNG).\operatorname{UC}(\mathcal F_N^{\chi^2})\quad\text{and}\quad\operatorname{UC}(\mathcal F_N^G).UC(FNχ2​)andUC(FNG​).

Here UC⁡\operatorname{UC}UC has the quantifier order of Definition 3: every generating FFF, almost every infinite sample, and every nonconvergent sequence FNF_NFN​. This is Theorem 4, p. 14. Its four milestone claims are the finite support description of weak convergence, almost sure convergence of empirical frequencies, and the paper's total variation bounds for XNX_NXN​ and GNG_NGN​ (§10.6, p. 38).

Significance

The result says that distributions retained by either test cannot remain persistently separated from the data generating law as the sample grows. In the paper's framework, that is the statistical condition needed for its general theorem to turn test based confidence regions into convergent robust optimization values and decisions under its separate assumptions on the cost and feasible set (Theorem 2, p. 13). Theorem 4 itself concerns the tests; it does not assume a cost function or assert optimization convergence directly.

The paper proves Theorem 4, so the open work here is its Lean formalization. A complete development would also leave reusable statements for finite probability vectors, their empirical frequencies under an infinite product law, total variation, and the boundary aware Pearson and G divergences. These pieces can support other discrete goodness of fit and distributionally robust optimization results. The mission does not claim that Theorem 4 already has a machine checked proof.

Difficulty

Pointwise convergence of empirical frequencies does not by itself state uniform consistency. The latter quantifies over all moving hypothetical laws FNF_NFN​ on one almost sure sample event, including laws chosen differently at every NNN. A direct argument about one fixed F0≠FF_0\ne FF0​=F therefore does not address the target. The finite support makes weak convergence concrete, but the formal statement must still relate that topology to a finite total variation sum and keep the quantifiers in the order required by Definition 3.

The boundary of the probability simplex is another source of difficulty. Lean's real division and logarithm have default values at zero. Using those defaults in the test statistics would accept some laws that assign zero probability to an actually observed category. Both statistics must instead retain the paper's infinite penalty there. The G expression also contains individual logarithmic terms that may be negative before summation, so its extended value cannot be built by coercing each term directly to a nonnegative extended real.

Formalization scope

The known support is represented by Fin n. Its members are labels for the paper's distinct points ξ^1,…,ξ^n\hat\xi^1,\ldots,\hat\xi^nξ^​1,…,ξ^​n; coordinates in Euclidean space are irrelevant to these tests. Laws use Mathlib's ProbabilityMeasure (Fin n) and its weak topology. The data are coordinates of the canonical infinite product law, with Lean index zero corresponding to the paper's first observation. The empty support has no probability law; all substantive instances have n≥1n\ge1n≥1. The empty sample N=0N=0N=0 is defined by total operations but has no bearing on an eventual or infinitely often assertion.

Pearson's statistic lives in [0,+∞][0,+\infty][0,+∞]. The squared G statistic uses extended real arithmetic so finite negative summands can be combined with an infinite boundary term. Its region compares GN2G_N^2GN2​ with Q/NQ/NQ/N, equivalent to the paper's GN≤Q/NG_N\le\sqrt{Q/N}GN​≤Q/N​ at positive NNN. The free Q≥0Q\ge0Q≥0 stands for a fixed threshold constant, including the paper's chi square quantile; no particular quantile value is built into the theorem. This makes explicit the only property of that threshold used in §10.6: independence from NNN.

Contributions may prove the four milestone statements, connect Mathlib's finite probability and strong law interfaces to the empirical frequencies, or establish finite support versions of Cauchy–Schwarz and Pinsker with the correct infinite boundary cases. A proof of the goal must use the stated regions and preserve simultaneous quantification over every moving sequence of laws; replacing uniform consistency by convergence of p^N\widehat p_Np​N​ would remove its main claim.

Selected references

  • Dimitris Bertsimas, Vishal Gupta, Nathan Kallus, Robust Sample Average Approximation, arXiv:1408.4445v3, 2016; published in Mathematical Programming (2018). Preprint · Publication DOI.
6 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

McKean–Vlasov Optimal Control: The Dynamic Programming Principle 1: The Weak Formulation's Value Function Is Upper Semi-Analytic and Satisfies the DPPResearch Paper

Motivation

A McKean–Vlasov control problem asks a planner to steer a stochastic differential equation whose coefficients depend not only on the current path of the state but also on its (conditional) distribution. Such problems describe the cooperative optimum of a large population of interacting agents: when each agent reacts to the empirical distribution of all others and a social planner chooses everybody's control, the limit as the population grows is a McKean–Vlasov control problem (Lacker 2017). When all agents are also exposed to a common noise (a shared source of randomness, such as a market factor), the relevant distribution is the conditional law of the state given that noise.

Bellman's dynamic programming principle (DPP) is the standard route from a control problem to its Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation and to verification arguments. For McKean–Vlasov dynamics it fails in the naive state variable, because the problem is time-inconsistent; it can be recovered by taking the (conditional) law of the state as the state.

Timeline. Laurière and Pironneau (2014) and Bensoussan, Frehse and Yam (2013–2017) proved a DPP for densities of the state law. Pham and Wei (2017, SICON) proved a DPP over closed-loop controls in a Markovian setting with a common-noise filtration, under regularity assumptions; Pham and Wei (2018, ESAIM:COCV) treated the case without common noise. Bayraktar, Cosso and Pham (2018, Trans. AMS) obtained a randomised DPP, again Markovian and without common noise. Djete, Possamaï and Tan (2022) proved the DPP for the general non-Markovian problem with common noise, under Borel measurability of the coefficients only. This mission formalizes their DPP for the weak formulation.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, dimensions n,d,ℓ∈Nn,d,\ell\in\mathbb Nn,d,ℓ∈N, a nonempty Polish space (U,ρ)(U,\rho)(U,ρ) of control values, a point u0∈Uu_0\in Uu0​∈U and an exponent p≥0p\ge0p≥0. Let Ck:=C([0,T],Rk)\mathcal C^k:=C([0,T],\mathbb R^k)Ck:=C([0,T],Rk) with the uniform norm, P(E)\mathcal P(E)P(E) the Borel probability measures on EEE with the weak topology, and xt∧⋅x_{t\wedge\cdot}xt∧⋅​ the path xxx stopped at time ttt. The coefficients b,σ,σ0,Lb,\sigma,\sigma_0,Lb,σ,σ0​,L are maps [0,T]×Cn×P(Cn×U)×U→Rn,Rn×d,Rn×ℓ,R[0,T]\times\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n\times U)\times U\to\mathbb R^n,\mathbb R^{n\times d},\mathbb R^{n\times\ell},\mathbb R[0,T]×Cn×P(Cn×U)×U→Rn,Rn×d,Rn×ℓ,R, and g:Cn×P(Cn)→Rg:\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)\to\mathbb Rg:Cn×P(Cn)→R; all are Borel measurable, and b,σ,σ0,Lb,\sigma,\sigma_0,Lb,σ,σ0​,L depend on the path and the measure only through their restrictions to [0,t][0,t][0,t] (non-anticipative).

A weak control γ\gammaγ with initial condition (t,ν)∈[0,T]×P(Cn)(t,\nu)\in[0,T]\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)(t,ν)∈[0,T]×P(Cn) consists of a probability space carrying two filtrations Fγ⊇Gγ\mathbb F^\gamma\supseteq\mathbb G^\gammaFγ⊇Gγ (the second models the common noise), a state XγX^\gammaXγ, Brownian motions WγW^\gammaWγ (idiosyncratic) and BγB^\gammaBγ (common) on [t,T][t,T][t,T], a predictable UUU-valued control αγ\alpha^\gammaαγ, and measure-valued processes μsγ=L(Xs∧⋅γ∣Gsγ)\mu^\gamma_s=\mathcal L(X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot}\mid\mathcal G^\gamma_s)μsγ​=L(Xs∧⋅γ​∣Gsγ​) and μˉsγ=L((Xs∧⋅γ,αsγ)∣Gsγ)\bar\mu^\gamma_s=\mathcal L((X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\alpha^\gamma_s)\mid\mathcal G^\gamma_s)μˉ​sγ​=L((Xs∧⋅γ​,αsγ​)∣Gsγ​), such that Xt∧⋅γ∼ν(t)X^\gamma_{t\wedge\cdot}\sim\nu(t)Xt∧⋅γ​∼ν(t), an integrability condition of order ppp holds, a compatibility condition between the two filtrations holds, and

dXsγ=b(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+σ(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) dWsγ+σ0(s,Xγ,μˉsγ,αsγ) dBsγ,s∈[t,T].dX^\gamma_s=b(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+\sigma(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,dW^\gamma_s+\sigma_0(s,X^\gamma,\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,dB^\gamma_s,\qquad s\in[t,T].dXsγ​=b(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+σ(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)dWsγ​+σ0​(s,Xγ,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)dBsγ​,s∈[t,T].

The reward and the value function are

J(t,γ)=E[∫tTL(s,Xs∧⋅γ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+g(XT∧⋅γ,μTγ)],VW(t,ν)=sup⁡γ∈ΓW(t,ν)J(t,γ),J(t,\gamma)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^TL(s,X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+g(X^\gamma_{T\wedge\cdot},\mu^\gamma_T)\Big],\qquad V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_W(t,\nu)}J(t,\gamma),J(t,γ)=E[∫tT​L(s,Xs∧⋅γ​,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+g(XT∧⋅γ​,μTγ​)],VW​(t,ν)=γ∈ΓW​(t,ν)sup​J(t,γ),

with ∞−∞:=−∞\infty-\infty:=-\infty∞−∞:=−∞ and sup⁡∅=−∞\sup\emptyset=-\inftysup∅=−∞. Each weak control also carries Asγ=∫ts∨tπ(αrγ) drA^\gamma_s=\int_t^{s\vee t}\pi(\alpha^\gamma_r)\,drAsγ​=∫ts∨t​π(αrγ​)dr, where π\piπ is a Borel isomorphism of UUU onto a subset of [0,1][0,1][0,1], and the continuous conditional-law process μ^γ\hat\mu^\gammaμ^​γ of (Xγ,Aγ,Wγ,Bγ)(X^\gamma,A^\gamma,W^\gamma,B^\gamma)(Xγ,Aγ,Wγ,Bγ) given Gγ\mathbb G^\gammaGγ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

VW:[0,T]×P(Cn)→[−∞,∞]V_W:[0,T]\times\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n)\to[-\infty,\infty]VW​:[0,T]×P(Cn)→[−∞,∞] is upper semi-analytic (every superlevel set {VW>c}\{V_W>c\}{VW​>c} is analytic), and for every stopping time τ⋆\tau^\starτ⋆ of the canonical filtration of Ω⋆:=Cℓ×C([0,T],P(Cn×C×Cd×Cℓ))\Omega^\star:=\mathcal C^\ell\times C([0,T],\mathcal P(\mathcal C^n\times\mathcal C\times\mathcal C^d\times\mathcal C^\ell))Ω⋆:=Cℓ×C([0,T],P(Cn×C×Cd×Cℓ)) with values in [t,T][t,T][t,T], setting τγ:=τ⋆(Bγ,t,μ^γ)\tau^\gamma:=\tau^\star(B^{\gamma,t},\hat\mu^\gamma)τγ:=τ⋆(Bγ,t,μ^​γ),

VW(t,ν)=sup⁡γ∈ΓW(t,ν)E[∫tτγL(s,Xs∧⋅γ,μˉsγ,αsγ) ds+VW(τγ,μτγγ)].V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\gamma\in\Gamma_W(t,\nu)}\mathbb E\Big[\int_t^{\tau^\gamma}L(s,X^\gamma_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu^\gamma_s,\alpha^\gamma_s)\,ds+V_W(\tau^\gamma,\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma})\Big].VW​(t,ν)=γ∈ΓW​(t,ν)sup​E[∫tτγ​L(s,Xs∧⋅γ​,μˉ​sγ​,αsγ​)ds+VW​(τγ,μτγγ​)].

Milestones

The canonical reformulation on Ωˉ:=Ω^×C([0,T],P(Ω^))\bar\Omega:=\hat\Omega\times C([0,T],\mathcal P(\hat\Omega))Ωˉ:=Ω^×C([0,T],P(Ω^)) with weak control rules PˉW(t,ν)\bar{\mathcal P}_W(t,\nu)PˉW​(t,ν) (Definition 4.1): Lemma 4.4(i) (weak controls and weak control rules correspond), Corollary 4.6 (VW(t,ν)=sup⁡Pˉ∈PˉW(t,ν)J(t,Pˉ)V_W(t,\nu)=\sup_{\bar{\mathbb P}\in\bar{\mathcal P}_W(t,\nu)}J(t,\bar{\mathbb P})VW​(t,ν)=supPˉ∈PˉW​(t,ν)​J(t,Pˉ)), Lemma 4.7 (analytic graphs, VWV_WVW​ u.s.a.), Lemma 4.8 (stability under conditioning at a stopping time), Lemma 4.9 (dependence on the initial law only through ν^(t)\hat\nu(t)ν^(t)), (4.10) (moment truncation VWM↗VWV^M_W\nearrow V_WVWM​↗VW​, analytic and u.s.a.) and Lemma 4.10 (universally measurable ε\varepsilonε-optimal families and concatenation).

Significance

The result. The theorem gives the DPP for McKean–Vlasov control with common noise in a non-Markovian setting, with no regularity on the coefficients beyond Borel measurability and no integrability on the rewards. It is the starting point for the dynamic programming (HJB) equation on the space of probability measures, for the Markovian corollaries of §3.2 of the paper, and, through the equivalence of formulations in the companion work, for the strong formulations treated in the second mission of this series.

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; nothing of it is machine-checked. A formal development needs a working theory of weak controls with conditional laws, a controlled martingale problem on a space of measure-valued paths, and analytic-set measurability in continuous time. None of these exists in Mathlib, and the analytic-selection layer on Prove2Me (Bertsekas–Shreve, Chapter 7) is stated but not yet proved.

Difficulty

The obvious argument conditions an optimal-ish control on its information at the stopping time and pastes in near-optimal controls from the conditioned states. Each step fails without additional structure: VWV_WVW​ is not known to be measurable, so E[VW(τγ,μτγγ)]\mathbb E[V_W(\tau^\gamma,\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma})]E[VW​(τγ,μτγγ​)] is not obviously meaningful; conditioning a weak control on its information at τγ\tau^\gammaτγ need not yield a weak control, because the conditional-law constraint involves the common-noise filtration and a compatibility condition between filtrations; and choosing a near-optimal control for each conditioned state is a selection problem over an uncountable family of probability spaces. The state of the problem is a law, which is itself defined only up to null sets, so random-time evaluations such as μτγγ\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma}μτγγ​ need a continuous version.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace MKVDPP.Weak. Conventions:

  • Times are in R≥0\mathbb R_{\ge0}R≥0​; paths are elements of C([0,T],Rk)C([0,T],\mathbb R^k)C([0,T],Rk) with Rk\mathbb R^kRk Euclidean; a path is read at times beyond TTT as its value at TTT.
  • Expectations and time integrals are E[ξ+]−E[ξ−]\mathbb E[\xi^+]-\mathbb E[\xi^-]E[ξ+]−E[ξ−] in [−∞,∞][-\infty,\infty][−∞,∞] with ∞−∞=−∞\infty-\infty=-\infty∞−∞=−∞, computed as lower integrals.
  • The supremum defining VWV_WVW​ ranges over weak controls on probability spaces in Type (universe 0).
  • "The integrals are implicitly assumed to be well-defined" is pinned to local Itô integrals (EthierKurtz.HasBrownianItoIntegral) of integrands that are a.s. square integrable on [t,T][t,T][t,T], taken against the shifted Brownian motions Wγ,tW^{\gamma,t}Wγ,t, Bγ,tB^{\gamma,t}Bγ,t; no L2(P)L^2(\mathbb P)L2(P) condition, which would shrink ΓW\Gamma_WΓW​.
  • The conditional-law requirement "for dP⊗dsd\mathbb P\otimes dsdP⊗ds-a.e. (s,ω)(s,\omega)(s,ω)" is read in Fubini form; μTγ\mu^\gamma_TμTγ​ and μτγγ\mu^\gamma_{\tau^\gamma}μτγγ​ are the XXX-marginals of the continuous process μ^γ\hat\mu^\gammaμ^​γ.
  • "Local martingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T]" in Definition 4.1 is pinned to: every localised process Sφ,mS^{\varphi,m}Sφ,m, m≥1m\ge1m≥1, is an (Fˉ,Pˉ)(\bar{\mathbb F},\bar{\mathbb P})(Fˉ,Pˉ)-martingale on [t,T][t,T][t,T]. The page integrates ∣Sˉ∣|\bar S|∣Sˉ∣ and Sˉφ\bar S^\varphiSˉφ from 000. Here they run from the initial time ttt, because before ttt the canonical control may be ∂\partial∂, where the coefficients are undefined, and a coefficient that is not integrable before ttt would empty P^W(t,⋅)\hat{\mathcal P}_W(t,\cdot)P^W​(t,⋅).
  • The cemetery value ∂\partial∂ of the canonical control is read as u0u_0u0​ inside the coefficients (a null set under Definition 4.1).
  • In (3.2), (+∞)+(−∞)(+\infty)+(-\infty)(+∞)+(−∞) inside the expectation is −∞-\infty−∞.
  • Lemma 4.4(i)'s converse carries the hypothesis that the canonical AAA is a.s. ∫t⋅∨tπ(αˉr) dr\int_t^{\cdot\vee t}\pi(\bar\alpha_r)\,dr∫t⋅∨t​π(αˉr​)dr; without it the converse is false, because Definition 4.1 leaves AAA before ttt unconstrained.

The goal does not mention the canonical space Ωˉ\bar\OmegaΩˉ, weak control rules or any selection; a formalization of ΓW\Gamma_WΓW​ that is empty, or a value function that is constant, would trivialize it. A sanity file exhibits a weak control in the degenerate case n=d=ℓ=0n=d=\ell=0n=d=ℓ=0 for every t≤Tt\le Tt≤T, so the structure is satisfiable.

Infrastructure a complete development needs: conditional laws and r.c.p.d. on Polish spaces, the predictable σ\sigmaσ-algebra, stochastic integrals against a filtration, the Stroock–Varadhan martingale problem, Itô's formula, and analytic sets with the Jankov–von Neumann selection theorem. The analytic-selection results and the martingale-problem/SDE correspondence are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions on any milestone, and on proving the referenced Bertsekas–Shreve selection theorems, are welcome. Out of scope: Theorem 3.4 (it rests on the companion paper), the Markovian results of §3.2, and the HJB discussion of §3.3.

Selected references

  • M. F. Djete, D. Possamaï, X. Tan, McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, Ann. Probab. 50(2), 2022; cited as arXiv:1907.08860v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1907.08860v2
  • H. Pham, X. Wei, Dynamic programming for optimal control of stochastic McKean–Vlasov dynamics, SIAM J. Control Optim. 55(2):1069–1101, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1604.04057
  • D. Lacker, Limit theory for controlled McKean–Vlasov dynamics, SIAM J. Control Optim. 55(3):1641–1672, 2017. https://arxiv.org/abs/1609.08064
  • N. El Karoui, X. Tan, Capacities, measurable selection and dynamic programming part II: application in stochastic control problems, 2013. https://arxiv.org/abs/1310.3364
  • E. Bayraktar, A. Cosso, H. Pham, Randomized dynamic programming principle and Feynman–Kac representation for optimal control of McKean–Vlasov dynamics, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 370(3):2115–2160, 2018. https://doi.org/10.1090/tran/7118
  • M. Laurière, O. Pironneau, Dynamic programming for mean-field type control, C. R. Math. Acad. Sci. Paris 352(9):707–713, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crma.2014.07.008
  • A. Bensoussan, J. Frehse, S. Yam, Mean Field Games and Mean Field Type Control Theory, SpringerBriefs in Mathematics, Springer, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4614-8508-7
  • D. Bertsekas, S. Shreve, Stochastic Optimal Control: The Discrete-Time Case, Academic Press, 1978. https://web.mit.edu/dimitrib/www/SOC_1978.pdf
  • D. Stroock, S. Varadhan, Multidimensional Diffusion Processes, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/3-540-28999-2
14 thms1 active userReviewed
AnalysisOperations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

On the Heavy-Tail Behavior of the Distributionally Robust Newsvendor 1: Worst-Case Expected Shortage under Known First and αth Moments Equals That of a Regularly Varying Demand of Tail Index αResearch Paper

Motivation

A newsvendor chooses an order quantity before seeing demand. Unsold units have no salvage value, while demand above the order quantity cannot be filled. If the demand law is unknown but a few moments are known, the decision maker may minimize cost against the worst distribution consistent with those moments. Das, Dhara and Natarajan study this distributionally robust problem when the known moments are the first and an arbitrary real moment of order α>1\alpha>1α>1 Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019. The high-demand tail matters especially when the cost ratio favors large orders. The mission asks what tail behavior is implicitly selected by the robust objective, even though each admissible distribution has a finite α\alphaαth moment.

The two-moment case α=2\alpha=2α=2 goes back to Scarf's newsvendor bound. The paper extends the model to noninteger α\alphaα and gives lower and upper shortage bounds before proving its tail result. Its preprint is the pinned source for every statement here; the proof of each numbered result follows that result in the paper Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, §§1, 3–4.

Setting

Let q≥0q\ge0q≥0 be the order quantity and let d~≥0\tilde d\ge0d~≥0 be random demand. The expected shortage under a demand law FFF is EF[(d~−q)+]\mathbb E_F[(\tilde d-q)^+]EF​[(d~−q)+], where x+=max⁡(x,0)x^+=\max(x,0)x+=max(x,0). Fix α>1\alpha>1α>1, a positive mean m1m_1m1​, and a moment mα>m1αm_\alpha>m_1^\alphamα​>m1α​. The moment ambiguity set F1,α\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}F1,α​ contains all probability laws supported on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) whose first moment is m1m_1m1​ and whose finite α\alphaαth moment is mαm_\alphamα​. Its worst-case expected shortage is

Π1,α(q)=sup⁡F∈F1,αEF[(d~−q)+].\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)=\sup_{F\in\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}}\mathbb E_F[(\tilde d-q)^+].Π1,α​(q)=F∈F1,α​sup​EF​[(d~−q)+].

For a critical ratio η∈[0,1)\eta\in[0,1)η∈[0,1), the robust newsvendor minimizes (1−η)q+Π1,α(q)(1-\eta)q+\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)(1−η)q+Π1,α​(q) over q≥0q\ge0q≥0. This mission centers on Π1,α\Pi_{1,\alpha}Π1,α​; the optimal-order threshold is treated in the companion mission. The ambiguity set and objective are the paper's (3.1)–(3.3) Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, pp. 10–11.

A positive function uuu is regularly varying with index ρ\rhoρ if u(tx)/u(x)→tρu(tx)/u(x)\to t^\rhou(tx)/u(x)→tρ as x→∞x\to\inftyx→∞ for every t>0t>0t>0. The notation is u∈RVρu\in RV_\rhou∈RVρ​. For a probability law FFF, its survival tail is Fˉ(x)=PF(d~>x)\bar F(x)=P_F(\tilde d>x)Fˉ(x)=PF​(d~>x); Fˉ∈RV−α\bar F\in RV_{-\alpha}Fˉ∈RV−α​ means a tail parameter α\alphaα Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, §4.1, p. 26.

Formalization targets

Worst-case shortage

The first target is Theorem 4.3(a):

Π1,α∈RV−(α−1).\Pi_{1,\alpha}\in RV_{-(\alpha-1)}.Π1,α​∈RV−(α−1)​.

It covers every α>1\alpha>1α>1, including α=2\alpha=2α=2. Scarf's piecewise formula (1.3), Proposition 3.3, and both parts of Proposition 3.4 supply the paper's cited bounds. Each upper bound retains its strict quantity threshold and its printed denominator Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, pp. 3, 15, 19, 28.

One representative demand law

The full goal, Theorem 4.3, also states that a nonnegative probability law F∗F^*F∗ exists outside F1,α\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}F1,α​ with

EF∗[(d~∗−q)+]=Π1,α(q)(q≥0),Fˉ∗∈RV−α.\mathbb E_{F^*}[(\tilde d^*-q)^+]=\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)\quad(q\ge0), \qquad \bar F^*\in RV_{-\alpha}.EF∗​[(d~∗−q)+]=Π1,α​(q)(q≥0),Fˉ∗∈RV−α​.

Every moment of F∗F^*F∗ of order 0≤a<α0\le a<\alpha0≤a<α is finite, while every moment of order a≥αa\ge\alphaa≥α is infinite. The milestone list includes the properties of Π1,α\Pi_{1,\alpha}Π1,α​ stated in §2.1 (non-increasing, convex, Π1,α(q)+q=m1\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)+q=m_1Π1,α​(q)+q=m1​ for q≤0q\le0q≤0, Π1,α(q)→0\Pi_{1,\alpha}(q)\to0Π1,α​(q)→0), the single-law representation (2.1) and the two stated Karamata results used to characterize the tail Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, pp. 6, 27–30.

High critical ratios

A companion milestone is Proposition 4.1. For η∈(0,1)\eta\in(0,1)η∈(0,1) let qη∗q^*_\etaqη∗​ be a robust optimal order quantity and Cη∗C^*_\etaCη∗​ the optimal robust cost. Then qη∗q^*_\etaqη∗​ is optimal for the standard newsvendor with demand law F∗F^*F∗, and

qη∗∼α−1α 11−η Cη∗,η→1q^*_\eta\sim\frac{\alpha-1}{\alpha}\,\frac{1}{1-\eta}\,C^*_\eta,\qquad \eta\to1qη∗​∼αα−1​1−η1​Cη∗​,η→1

Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, p. 30, (4.9). It is a consequence of the goal, not a step toward it.

Significance

The theorem connects a decision made against an entire moment class to a single effective law. That law matches the robust expected shortage for every admissible order quantity but has an infinite α\alphaαth moment, so it does not belong to the class being optimized over. This distinction explains why large robust orders behave as though demand were heavy tailed. The paper also uses the result to relate the robust optimal order quantity to the optimal cost at high service levels in Proposition 4.1 Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, pp. 30–31.

The mathematical theorem was proved in the cited paper. This mission asks for a Lean proof of its exact statement and reusable formal results for moment-constrained probability laws, stop-loss transforms, and regular variation. No machine-checked proof of these particular statements is part of the present draft. The cited bounds and analytic results are posed as separate milestones so their hypotheses and constants remain inspectable.

Difficulty

Pointwise optimization over demand laws does not automatically give one law that attains the worst-case shortage for every qqq. For a fixed qqq, an extremal law may depend on qqq, as Scarf's formula illustrates Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, p. 3. The theorem asks for a single F∗F^*F∗ and then a precise tail index and a sharp moment cutoff. A generic upper bound on shortages would establish neither the representative law nor its infinite α\alphaαth moment. The regimes 1<α<21<\alpha<21<α<2, α=2\alpha=2α=2, and α>2\alpha>2α>2 have different cited upper-bound statements, yet the final theorem has no regime restriction.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a demand law by a Borel measure on R\mathbb RR with probability mass one and zero mass below zero. Membership in F1,α\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}F1,α​ requires both real moments to be integrable; this makes the moment equalities genuine rather than default values of a nonintegrable Bochner integral. Under m1>0m_1>0m1​>0 and mα>m1αm_\alpha>m_1^\alphamα​>m1α​, the paper's two-point law (3.6) makes the ambiguity set nonempty. Its shortage values are bounded above by m1+∣q∣m_1+|q|m1​+∣q∣, so the real supremum defining Π1,α\Pi_{1,\alpha}Π1,α​ is finite and meaningful. The strict thresholds in Propositions 3.3–3.4 keep their power denominators positive Das, Dhara and Natarajan, 2019, pp. 12, 15, 19.

Regular variation includes eventual positivity, excluding a zero-over-zero ratio from passing as a tail law. Infinite moments of F∗F^*F∗ are lower Lebesgue integrals in extended nonnegative reals. The existence of F∗F^*F∗ is asserted rather than built into a definition. Theorem 4.2(b)'s displayed limit has a negative sign in the preprint, although its nonnegative numerator and denominator require the positive value α\alphaα; the formal statement uses the corrected sign. Its regularly varying tail integral is eventually positive, which ensures genuine finite tail integrals for large lower limits. Theorem 4.1 explicitly requires local integrability. Two encodings would trivialize the goal and are excluded: defining F∗F^*F∗ inside the statement (it is existential), and a regular-variation predicate satisfied by the zero function. The properties of Π\PiΠ and the representation (2.1) are stated for F1,α\mathcal F_{1,\alpha}F1,α​, the instance the paper uses, rather than for a general finite-mean ambiguity set. In Proposition 4.1 the optimal cost is the cost at the chosen optimizer, the statement holds for every selection of optimizers, and ∼\sim∼ means that the ratio of the two sides tends to 111 as η↑1\eta\uparrow1η↑1. These analytic conventions and the probability and measure infrastructure can be reused beyond this mission. Contributions to any of the ten source milestones, including the difficult root assertion in Proposition 3.4(b), are welcome.

Selected references

  • B. Das, A. Dhara, and K. Natarajan, On the Heavy-Tail Behavior of the Distributionally Robust Newsvendor, Operations Research 69(4), 2021; preprint arXiv:1806.05379v2, 2019. Preprint, DOI.
  • H. Scarf, A min-max solution of an inventory problem, in K. Arrow, S. Karlin and H. Scarf (eds.), Studies in the Mathematical Theory of Inventory and Production, Stanford University Press, 1958, pp. 201–209.
  • A. Shapiro and A. Kleywegt, Minimax analysis of stochastic problems, Optimization Methods and Software 17, 2002, pp. 523–542. DOI.
  • N. H. Bingham, C. M. Goldie and J. L. Teugels, Regular Variation, Cambridge University Press, 1987. DOI.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryDynamic ProgrammingStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

McKean–Vlasov Optimal Control: The Dynamic Programming Principle 2: Under Lipschitz Coefficients the Common-Noise-Adapted Strong Formulation Satisfies the DPPResearch Paper

Why common noise changes the control problem

A controller may act on a large population of interacting particles while all particles also experience a shared random disturbance. In the population limit, the state of a representative particle depends on the distribution of states conditional on the common noise. The controller therefore influences both its own state and the conditional population law. The usual state variable for dynamic programming must carry that law, and a future decision may use only information available from common noise. Djete, Possamaï and Tan establish a dynamic programming principle for this setting in McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, Theorem 3.2. Their result permits path dependent coefficients and merely Borel reward functions, so ordinary continuity arguments do not determine the value function's measurability.

The paper distinguishes a weak formulation, in which the stochastic basis varies with the control, from a strong formulation on a fixed space. This mission concerns the latter, restricted to controls predictable from common noise, under the paper's Lipschitz and growth Assumption 2.8. The companion mission treats the weak dynamic programming principle, Theorem 3.1. The present mission asks for a machine checked account of the strong formulation and of the transfer between its intrinsic, fixed space and canonical descriptions.

State, noise and admissible controls

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0. A state trajectory belongs to Cn=C([0,T],Rn)\mathcal C^n=C([0,T],\mathbb R^n)Cn=C([0,T],Rn). The two driving noises are a ddd dimensional idiosyncratic Brownian motion WWW and an ℓ\ellℓ dimensional common Brownian motion BBB. The control space UUU is nonempty and Polish. At time sss, the controlled drift bbb and diffusions σ,σ0\sigma,\sigma_0σ,σ0​ may depend on the stopped state path Xs∧⋅X_{s\wedge\cdot}Xs∧⋅​, the control αs\alpha_sαs​, and the conditional law μˉs\bar\mu_sμˉ​s​ of the stopped state and control given common noise. The running and terminal rewards are LLL and ggg.

A B\mathbb BB strong control has a continuous state satisfying the controlled stochastic equation, the conditional laws required by the paper, finite quadratic control energy, and an α\alphaα predictable for the common noise filtration. Its reward J(t,γ)J(t,\gamma)J(t,γ) is the expected running reward from ttt to TTT plus the terminal reward. The value VSB(t,ν)V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)VSB​(t,ν) is the supremum of these rewards over such controls from initial path law ν\nuν. The initial law lies in P2(Cn)\mathcal P_2(\mathcal C^n)P2​(Cn), the laws with a finite second moment. The coefficient hypothesis uses the quadratic Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​ and one constant C>0C>0C>0 for both a Lipschitz bound and a quadratic growth bound. These conditions are Assumption 2.8 of the source paper, p. 8.

The paper also fixes a canonical probability space Ωt\Omega^tΩt carrying an initial path and Brownian increments after ttt. Its common noise predictable controls form A2B(t,ν)\mathcal A_2^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)A2B​(t,ν). Proposition 2.10 says this fixed space computes the same value as the intrinsic strong formulation. The precise probability law on Ωt\Omega^tΩt is characterized by the initial stopped path law and independent standard Brownian increments; the paper does not choose a unique construction.

Formalization targets

The goal is Theorem 3.2, p. 10. It first asserts that the value on [0,T]×P2(Cn)[0,T]\times\mathcal P_2(\mathcal C^n)[0,T]×P2​(Cn) is upper semi analytic: each strict superlevel set {(t,ν):VSB(t,ν)>c}\{(t,\nu):V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)>c\}{(t,ν):VSB​(t,ν)>c} is analytic. For an initial pair (t,ν)(t,\nu)(t,ν) and a stopping time τ∈[t,T]\tau\in[t,T]τ∈[t,T] for the raw common noise filtration on Ωt\Omega^tΩt, it then asserts

VSB(t,ν)=sup⁡α∈A2B(t,ν)E ⁣[∫tτL(s,Xs∧⋅α,μˉsα,αs) ds+VSB(τ,μτα)].V_S^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)=\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_2^{\mathbb B}(t,\nu)} \mathbb E\!\left[\int_t^\tau L(s,X^\alpha_{s\wedge\cdot},\bar\mu_s^\alpha,\alpha_s)\,ds +V_S^{\mathbb B}(\tau,\mu_\tau^\alpha)\right].VSB​(t,ν)=α∈A2B​(t,ν)sup​E[∫tτ​L(s,Xs∧⋅α​,μˉ​sα​,αs​)ds+VSB​(τ,μτα​)].

Here μτα\mu_\tau^\alphaμτα​ is the law of the stopped state conditional on information from common noise at τ\tauτ. The milestone sequence follows the paper's supporting results: strong solution existence and uniqueness (Theorem A.3(i)); equivalence of intrinsic and fixed space values (Proposition 2.10); induction of canonical rules from strong controls (the forward clause of Lemma 4.4(ii)); the canonical value identity (Corollary 4.6); the Wiener represented rule class and its value (Lemma 4.11); analytic rule graphs and value measurability (Lemma 4.12); and stability of a strong rule under conditioning at a stopping time (Lemma 4.13(i)). Each is a source indexed target, rather than an invented intermediate assertion.

What the result provides

The identity permits the value after a random common noise stopping time to be evaluated from the stopped conditional state law. This is the form needed to compare control decisions before and after a random observation time. Upper semi analyticity supplies measurable superlevel sets for the value even when LLL and ggg lack continuity. The paper proves these statements mathematically; the mission seeks their Lean formalization, not a new theorem about the underlying control problem.

A complete formalization would also provide reusable definitions of conditional measure valued flows, Brownian motion relative to a filtration over a shifted interval, a local Itô equation, and canonical martingale control rules. The two published Ethier–Kurtz definitions supply the local Itô relation and probability augmentation of a filtration. They are shared infrastructure rather than new statements of this paper.

Where the difficulty lies

The state law in the coefficients is conditional on common noise and changes with the control. A pathwise solution of the state equation must therefore remain consistent with its own conditional law. A naive argument that restarts an ordinary diffusion at τ\tauτ does not establish that consistency for a restarted control. It also does not ensure that a restarted control remains predictable from common noise. The paper's canonical rule formulation and its conditioning and measurability results address those obstructions. The reward may be unbounded and extended real valued, so the expectation convention and its behavior at infinite positive and negative parts matter to the statement itself.

Formalization scope and conventions

Paths are continuous maps on compact real intervals with uniform norm; Rk\mathbb R^kRk is Mathlib's Euclidean space, including k=0k=0k=0. Probability measures carry weak convergence topology, and P2\mathcal P_2P2​ is its finite second moment subtype. The product of path space and UUU uses Mathlib's product metric; matrix norms are Frobenius. Supremums range over admissible controls, solutions and conditional law versions. They are EReal valued, so the empty supremum is −∞-\infty−∞. The signed expectation is positive part minus negative part with ∞−∞=−∞\infty-\infty=-\infty∞−∞=−∞, as in the paper. The model fixes a Borel embedding of UUU into [0,1][0,1][0,1] and a cemetery control for invalid reconstructed paths.

The Lean statements pin the paper's implicit “well defined” stochastic integral to a pathwise square integrable local Itô relation and almost surely integrable drift. A conditional law equality stated for dP⊗dsd\mathbb P\otimes dsdP⊗ds almost every pair is expressed in Fubini form. The localized processes printed in Definition 4.1 define its local martingale requirement. The terminal law and the stopped law in the target are quantified as versions of their stated conditional distributions. The fixed canonical law is any law satisfying the paper's initial distribution and Brownian conditions; the target is stated for every such family. These conventions rule out free conditional laws, arbitrary future stopping times, and a value that is −∞-\infty−∞ solely because a formalization made the control class empty. A full development must establish nonemptiness and version independence as part of the cited supporting theory.

The scope ends with Theorem 3.2 and the listed milestones. Lemma 4.13(ii), the more involved measurable selection and concatenation result, remains a future contribution. Theorem 3.4 uses a separate companion result; the Markovian corollaries and the heuristic Hamilton–Jacobi discussion of §3.3 are outside this mission.

Selected references

  • M. F. Djete, D. Possamaï and X. Tan, McKean–Vlasov optimal control: the dynamic programming principle, arXiv:1907.08860v2, 2020; published in Annals of Probability 50(2), 2022. Preprint. This mission cites the preprint's page and theorem numbering.
14 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Posted Price Mechanisms and Optimal Threshold Strategies for Random Arrivals III: Even for I.I.D. Variables, No Nonadaptive Threshold Rule Beats the Factor 1 − 1/eResearch Paper

Motivation

In a prophet inequality, a decision maker observes random rewards one at a time and must choose without seeing future realizations. The benchmark is a prophet who sees all rewards and selects their maximum. A nonadaptive threshold rule chooses a threshold for each reward before observations begin, then accepts the first arriving reward that crosses its threshold. This model captures a simple class of stopping rules and, through the prophet inequality connection, informs posted price mechanisms in which prices are set before buyers arrive. Correa et al. (2021) prove that under uniformly random arrival order some such rule earns at least a 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e fraction of the prophet's expected reward. The question here is whether that guarantee improves when the reward distributions are identical.

Setting

Fix an integer n≥2n\ge 2n≥2 and draw n2n^2n2 independent rewards X1,…,Xn2X_1,\ldots,X_{n^2}X1​,…,Xn2​ from the same three point law. A reward is Hn=n/(e−2)H_n=n/(e-2)Hn​=n/(e−2) with probability 1/n31/n^31/n3, is 111 with probability 1/n1/n1/n, and is 000 otherwise. The three probabilities are nonnegative and sum to one for n≥2n\ge2n≥2. Thus a typical sample contains roughly nnn unit rewards, while a high reward is rare enough that its presence among all n2n^2n2 draws has probability on the order of 1/n1/n1/n. Its magnitude is on the order of nnn, so it still makes a nonvanishing contribution to the prophet's expected reward.

Give each coordinate iii a predetermined threshold τi∈[0,∞]\tau_i\in[0,\infty]τi​∈[0,∞]. A uniformly random order reveals the sampled rewards, and the rule accepts the first Xi>τiX_i>\tau_iXi​>τi​. Conditional on a sample, let A(x,τ)={i:xi>τi}A(x,\tau)=\{i:x_i>\tau_i\}A(x,τ)={i:xi​>τi​}. Each accepted coordinate is equally likely to arrive first among A(x,τ)A(x,\tau)A(x,τ), so the conditional expected reward is

Rn(x,τ)=∑i∈A(x,τ)xi∣A(x,τ)∣,Rn(x,τ)=0 if A(x,τ)=∅.R_n(x,\tau)=\frac{\sum_{i\in A(x,\tau)}x_i}{|A(x,\tau)|},\qquad R_n(x,\tau)=0\text{ if }A(x,\tau)=\varnothing.Rn​(x,τ)=∣A(x,τ)∣∑i∈A(x,τ)​xi​​,Rn​(x,τ)=0 if A(x,τ)=∅.

Write Vn(τ)=E[Rn(X,τ)]V_n(\tau)=\mathbb E[R_n(X,\tau)]Vn​(τ)=E[Rn​(X,τ)] for the rule's reward and Pn=E[max⁡iXi]P_n=\mathbb E[\max_i X_i]Pn​=E[maxi​Xi​] for the prophet's reward. These are expectations of nonnegative random variables. The thresholds may be infinite, allowing a coordinate to be discarded in advance.

Formalization targets

The goal is the paper's i.i.d. tightness claim: for every ε>0\varepsilon>0ε>0, sufficiently large members of this explicit family satisfy

∀τ∈[0,∞]n2,Vn(τ)<(1+ε)(1−1/e)Pn.\forall\tau\in[0,\infty]^{n^2},\qquad V_n(\tau)<(1+\varepsilon)(1-1/e)P_n.∀τ∈[0,∞]n2,Vn​(τ)<(1+ε)(1−1/e)Pn​.

The universal quantifier includes every nonadaptive threshold vector, including asymmetric thresholds and coordinates that are never accepted. The proof in Appendix B supports the displayed statement for every sufficiently large nnn, which strengthens the existence of one hard instance stated in Section 3.1. Together with the paper's 1−1/e1-1/e1−1/e lower bound, this shows that the factor cannot be raised for this rule class even under identical distributions.

The milestones cover the prophet limit Pn→(e−1)/(e−2)P_n\to(e-1)/(e-2)Pn​→(e−1)/(e−2), reduction of arbitrary thresholds to two-level rules, the three contributions to a two-level rule's expected reward according to the number of high observations, Proposition A.3's scalar maximization, and the resulting uniform asymptotic bound on all two-level rules. The first kkk coordinates of a two-level rule accept both 111 and HnH_nHn​; the remaining coordinates accept only HnH_nHn​. These targets correspond to Section 3.1, Proposition A.3, and Appendix B of Correa et al..

Significance

The explicit i.i.d. family locates a limit of nonadaptive thresholds under random arrivals. Identical distributions remove heterogeneity as an explanation for the loss against a prophet: the obstruction remains even when every reward has the same law. Consequently, an improved guarantee requires a richer rule class or additional assumptions on the distribution. The paper studies an adaptive threshold rule separately and obtains a stronger i.i.d. guarantee; this mission isolates the upper bound for the nonadaptive class.

Formalizing this result supplies a reusable model for random-order threshold selection on a finite i.i.d. product space, including its conditional reward formula and extended nonnegative expectations. The paper proves the tightness result; the Lean declarations in this proposal state it and its supporting results as proof obligations. The published i.i.d. product-measure model from the Samuel-Cahn development already has machine-checked definitions and is reused here. The proposed upper-bound theorems have not yet been proved in Lean.

Difficulty

Bounding each coordinate's expected contribution in isolation loses the interaction between unit rewards and the rare high reward. When a high reward occurs, accepting many unit rewards can dilute its share of the random-order reward; rejecting unit rewards sacrifices ordinary samples. The reduction to two-level rules must apply to every threshold vector before the count of unit-accepting coordinates can be optimized. Appendix B then controls the cases of zero, one, and at least two high observations uniformly in that count. The one-high-value case contains a printed final inequality that drops a positive 1/n1/n1/n term; the formal target uses the preceding, valid bound, whose extra term vanishes in the limit.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a sample as Fin (n ^ 2) → ℝ and its law as a finite product measure. The index set is 0-based: the paper's X1,…,XkX_1,\ldots,X_kX1​,…,Xk​ are coordinates 0,…,k−10,\ldots,k-10,…,k−1. The law is used only for n≥2n\ge2n≥2, where it is a probability measure. Thresholds have type R≥0∪{∞}\mathbb R_{\ge0}\cup\{\infty\}R≥0​∪{∞}, and crossing is strict, matching Theorem 1's indicator Yi=1{Xi>τi}Y_i=\mathbf1\{X_i>\tau_i\}Yi​=1{Xi​>τi​}. The page describes its two-level rule with weak threshold language; under strict crossing the same acceptance sets use thresholds 000 and 111. The reward uses the paper's 0/0=00/0=00/0=0 convention. Expectations are lintegrals with values in $[0,\infty]`, avoiding a zero default for nonintegrable real integrals. The goal quantifies over all threshold vectors and uses the actual prophet expectation of the same law; no restricted rule class or surrogate benchmark can replace either one.

The general i.i.d. law, sample maximum, and expected maximum come from SamuelCahnProphet.IID.Setting. The paper's three point law, random-order reward, canonical two-level rule, and high-value count are local definitions. Useful contributions include exact finite-law calculations, dominance of two-level rules, uniform estimates in kkk, and the scalar exponential inequality of Proposition A.3. These parts can also support formal work on other finite-support prophet inequalities.

Selected references

  • Correa, Foncea, Hoeksma, Oosterwijk, and Vredeveld, Posted price mechanisms and optimal threshold strategies for random arrivals, Mathematics of Operations Research 46(4):1452–1478, 2021. DOI 10.1287/moor.2020.1105.
  • Samuel-Cahn, Comparison of threshold stop rules and maximum for independent nonnegative random variables, Annals of Probability 12(4):1213–1216, 1984. DOI 10.1214/aop/1176993150.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Algorithmic Game TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Posted Price Mechanisms and Optimal Threshold Strategies for Random Arrivals II: For I.I.D. Variables, Adaptive Thresholds Achieve E[max Xᵢ] ≤ β*·E[X_t] with β* ≈ 1.341Research Paper

Motivation

A prophet inequality compares a gambler who sees nonnegative random rewards X1,…,XnX_1,\ldots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ one at a time, and must accept or reject each on arrival, with a prophet who knows all values in advance and simply takes max⁡iXi\max_i X_imaxi​Xi​. For independent and identically distributed (i.i.d.) rewards the question is the best constant β\betaβ such that some online rule always earns at least E(max⁡iXi)/βE(\max_i X_i)/\betaE(maxi​Xi​)/β. The question matters in operations research and mechanism design because a seller who posts take-it-or-leave-it prices to arriving customers faces exactly this stopping problem on the customers' virtual values; prophet inequalities translate into revenue guarantees for posted price mechanisms relative to Myerson's optimal auction (Chawla, Hartline, Malec and Sivan 2010).

Timeline (as recounted in §1 of the paper):

  • Hill and Kertz (1982) characterized, through a recursion, the smallest constants ana_nan​ with E(max⁡iXi)≤ansup⁡tE(Xt)E(\max_iX_i)\le a_n\sup_tE(X_t)E(maxi​Xi​)≤an​supt​E(Xt​) for nnn i.i.d. nonnegative variables, showed 1.1<an<1.61.1<a_n<1.61.1<an​<1.6, gave instances where ana_nan​ cannot be beaten, and conjectured that (an)(a_n)(an​) is monotone; the computation of its limit was left open.
  • Kertz (1986) proved an→β∗≈1.341a_n\to\beta^*\approx1.341an​→β∗≈1.341, the solution of the integral equation (2) below, and conjectured that β∗\beta^*β∗ bounds every ana_nan​; the best uniform bound then known was an≤e/(e−1)≈1.582a_n\le e/(e-1)\approx1.582an​≤e/(e−1)≈1.582.
  • Abolhassani et al. (2017) improved the uniform bound to 1/0.738≈1.3551/0.738\approx1.3551/0.738≈1.355.
  • Correa, Foncea, Hoeksma, Oosterwijk and Vredeveld (EC 2017; Math. Oper. Res. 2021) proved E(max⁡iXi)≤β∗E(Xt)E(\max_iX_i)\le\beta^*E(X_t)E(maxi​Xi​)≤β∗E(Xt​) for a threshold rule ttt, so an≤β∗a_n\le\beta^*an​≤β∗ for all nnn and 1/β∗≈0.7451/\beta^*\approx0.7451/β∗≈0.745 is the tight i.i.d. guarantee.

Setting

Let X1,…,XnX_1,\ldots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be i.i.d. nonnegative random variables with distribution function FFF. A threshold rule fixes real numbers τ1,…,τn\tau_1,\ldots,\tau_nτ1​,…,τn​ and stops at

t=min⁡{i∈{1,…,n}:Xi≥τi},t=\min\{i\in\{1,\ldots,n\}: X_i\ge\tau_i\},t=min{i∈{1,…,n}:Xi​≥τi​},

receiving XtX_tXt​. Because the thresholds may change with the step iii, the rule is adaptive; for i.i.d. variables the number of variables already seen is all the history the rule needs.

The analysis works with quantiles. The generalized inverse is F−1(q)=inf⁡{x≥0:F(x)≥q}F^{-1}(q)=\inf\{x\ge0: F(x)\ge q\}F−1(q)=inf{x≥0:F(x)≥q}, and τ(q)=F−1(1−q)\tau(q)=F^{-1}(1-q)τ(q)=F−1(1−q) is the threshold that accepts with probability qqq (with a coin toss to break ties at an atom). The function

R(q)=∫0qF−1(1−θ) dθR(q)=\int_0^qF^{-1}(1-\theta)\,d\thetaR(q)=∫0q​F−1(1−θ)dθ

is the expected reward from a variable accepted with probability qqq. The quantile stopping rule of Algorithm 2 partitions [0,1][0,1][0,1] into intervals Ai=[εi−1,εi]A_i=[\varepsilon_{i-1},\varepsilon_i]Ai​=[εi−1​,εi​], draws an acceptance probability qi∈Aiq_i\in A_iqi​∈Ai​ with density proportional to ψ(q)=(n−1)(1−q)n−2\psi(q)=(n-1)(1-q)^{n-2}ψ(q)=(n−1)(1−q)n−2, and stops at step iii with probability qiq_iqi​; its value is E(Xr)E(X_r)E(Xr​). The analysis then passes through the normalizations γi=∫Aiψ\gamma_i=\int_{A_i}\psiγi​=∫Ai​​ψ and ρi\rho_iρi​, the recursion (8)–(9) on xi=1−εix_i=1-\varepsilon_ixi​=1−εi​, and the differential equation

y′(t)=y(t)(ln⁡y(t)−1)−(β−1),y(0)=1.(ODE)y'(t)=y(t)\big(\ln y(t)-1\big)-(\beta-1),\qquad y(0)=1.\qquad\text{(ODE)}y′(t)=y(t)(lny(t)−1)−(β−1),y(0)=1.(ODE)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

Let β∗>1\beta^*>1β∗>1 be the unique solution of

∫01dyy(1−ln⁡y)+(β−1)=1.(2)\int_0^1\frac{dy}{y(1-\ln y)+(\beta-1)}=1.\qquad(2)∫01​y(1−lny)+(β−1)dy​=1.(2)

For every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and every law of nonnegative i.i.d. X1,…,XnX_1,\ldots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ there are thresholds τ1,…,τn\tau_1,\ldots,\tau_nτ1​,…,τn​ with

E(max⁡{X1,…,Xn})≤β∗E(Xt).E(\max\{X_1,\ldots,X_n\})\le\beta^*E(X_t).E(max{X1​,…,Xn​})≤β∗E(Xt​).

Milestones

In order: the quantile sandwich P(X≥τ(q))≥q≥P(X>τ(q))P(X\ge\tau(q))\ge q\ge P(X>\tau(q))P(X≥τ(q))≥q≥P(X>τ(q)); the representation (7) E(max⁡iXi)=n∫01ψ(q)R(q) dqE(\max_iX_i)=n\int_0^1\psi(q)R(q)\,dqE(maxi​Xi​)=n∫01​ψ(q)R(q)dq; the identity "expected reward of the quantile rule at qqq equals R(q)R(q)R(q)"; Lemma 4 (E(Xr)=∑iρi∫AiψRE(X_r)=\sum_i\rho_i\int_{A_i}\psi RE(Xr​)=∑i​ρi​∫Ai​​ψR); Lemma 5 (E(max⁡iXi)=nγ1E(Xr)E(\max_iX_i)=n\gamma_1E(X_r)E(maxi​Xi​)=nγ1​E(Xr​) when all ρi\rho_iρi​ agree); the equivalence of equal ρi\rho_iρi​ with the recursion (8) and γ1=1−x1n−1\gamma_1=1-x_1^{n-1}γ1​=1−x1n−1​; the closed form (9)–(10); Lemma 6 on (ODE); Proposition D.1; Lemma 7 (xin−1<y(i/n)x_i^{n-1}<y(i/n)xin−1​<y(i/n)); uniqueness of β∗\beta^*β∗ in (2); optimality of the dynamic-programming thresholds; domination of the randomized rule by them; and n(1−x1n−1)≤β∗n(1-x_1^{n-1})\le\beta^*n(1−x1n−1​)≤β∗.

A companion statement records the numerical guarantee 1/β∗>0.7451/\beta^*>0.7451/β∗>0.745.

Significance

The result. Theorem 2 gives the optimal constant of the i.i.d. prophet inequality and, through an=n(1−x1n−1)a_n=n(1-x_1^{n-1})an​=n(1−x1n−1​), shows an≤β∗a_n\le\beta^*an​≤β∗ for every nnn, which settles the problem posed by Hill and Kertz in 1982. Since an→β∗a_n\to\beta^*an​→β∗ (Kertz 1986), no rule of any kind achieves a better constant uniformly in nnn. Through the virtual-value connection it implies that, for customers with i.i.d. valuations, an adaptive posted price mechanism earns at least a 1/β∗>0.7451/\beta^*>0.7451/β∗>0.745 fraction of the optimal auction's revenue (Corollary 2 of the paper).

Formalizing it. The theorem is proved on paper; no machine-checked proof of it or of any of its lemmas is known. The proof combines a measure-theoretic part (quantile functions, randomized tie-breaking at atoms, Tonelli and integration by parts), a combinatorial recursion, and real analysis of an autonomous ODE with a third-derivative Taylor argument. Formal versions of these parts are reusable: the quantile representation of E(max⁡iXi)E(\max_iX_i)E(maxi​Xi​), the expected reward of a quantile rule, and the optimality of dynamic-programming thresholds are standard tools across prophet inequalities and optimal stopping.

Difficulty

The obvious attempt, computing the optimal dynamic-programming thresholds and bounding their value against E(max⁡iXi)E(\max_iX_i)E(maxi​Xi​), does not lead to a closed-form constant: the optimal values satisfy a nonlinear recursion that depends on the whole distribution. The paper avoids it by analysing a randomized rule whose value is exactly a ψ\psiψ-weighted average of RRR, which reduces the problem to a distribution-free recursion. Two steps then carry the weight. First, randomizing correctly at atoms of FFF so that every step accepts with probability exactly qqq; without this, R(q)R(q)R(q) is not the step reward. Second, comparing the discrete recursion (9) with the continuous (ODE): the comparison needs strict convexity and y′′′>0y'''>0y′′′>0, and the latter holds only because β>1.25\beta>1.25β>1.25, a standing assumption validated at β∗\beta^*β∗ at the end. The existence of the partition with all ρi\rho_iρi​ equal (a solution of (8) with x0=1x_0=1x0​=1, xn=0x_n=0xn​=0, xi∈(0,1)x_i\in(0,1)xi​∈(0,1)) is taken from Hill and Kertz and is not proved in the paper.

Formalization scope

Lean conventions:

  • The common law is a probability measure μ\muμ on R\mathbb RR with μ((−∞,0))=0\mu((-\infty,0))=0μ((−∞,0))=0; the sample is the coordinate vector of SamuelCahnProphet.IID.iidLaw μ n (the published i.i.d. setting), and E(max⁡iXi)E(\max_iX_i)E(maxi​Xi​) is its Emax. Coordinates are 0-based; the partition εi\varepsilon_iεi​, γi\gamma_iγi​, ρi\rho_iρi​ and the recursion keep the paper's 1-based index.
  • All expectations of the random variables, R(q)R(q)R(q) and E(Xr)E(X_r)E(Xr​) are lower Lebesgue integrals in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; no integrability is assumed in the goal, so infinite means are covered. Only bounded deterministic integrals (γi\gamma_iγi​, ρi\rho_iρi​, (2)) are interval integrals.
  • XtX_tXt​ is 000 when no XiX_iXi​ reaches its threshold (the page leaves it undefined; 000 is the least favourable choice).
  • The quantile rule's coin at an atom is an independent uniform variable on [0,1][0,1][0,1]; acceptance probabilities are drawn independently with density ψ/γi\psi/\gamma_iψ/γi​ on AiA_iAi​.
  • β∗\beta^*β∗ enters through (2) and β∗>1\beta^*>1β∗>1, not through a choice function; uniqueness is a milestone.
  • Statements involving ψ\psiψ, γi\gamma_iγi​, ρi\rho_iρi​ or the recursion assume n≥2n\ge2n≥2 (for n=1n=1n=1, ψ≡0\psi\equiv0ψ≡0). Lemmas 6 and 7 carry §4's standing assumption β>1.25\beta>1.25β>1.25; Proposition D.1 carries β>1.25\beta>1.25β>1.25. Lemma 6 does not assert existence of a solution of (ODE) on [0,1][0,1][0,1], which fails for β>β∗\beta>\beta^*β>β∗.
  • The dynamic-programming milestones assume EX<∞E X<\inftyEX<∞ and use the optimal-stopping recurrence Vi=E[max⁡(X,Vi+1)]V_i=E[\max(X,V_{i+1})]Vi​=E[max(X,Vi+1​)]; the page prints Vi=E(X∣X≥τi)V_i=E(X\mid X\ge\tau_i)Vi​=E(X∣X≥τi​), which is a slip.
  • The page's "β∗≈1.341>1/0.745\beta^*\approx1.341>1/0.745β∗≈1.341>1/0.745" has its inequality reversed and is not formalized.

A degenerate β\betaβ cannot trivialize the goal: β\betaβ is pinned by (2) and β>1\beta>1β>1, and the goal is stated for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and every nonnegative law, including laws with infinite mean.

A complete development needs the quantile function of a law on R\mathbb RR, Tonelli's theorem on product measures, uniqueness for ODEs with locally Lipschitz right-hand side (ODE_solution_unique), and Taylor's theorem; the existence of the Hill–Kertz partition is a further proof obligation. Contributions to any milestone, and reusable lemmas on quantile functions and finite-horizon optimal stopping, are welcome.

Selected references

  • J. Correa, P. Foncea, R. Hoeksma, T. Oosterwijk, T. Vredeveld, Posted price mechanisms and optimal threshold strategies for random arrivals, Mathematics of Operations Research 46(4):1452–1478, 2021. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2020.1105
  • T. P. Hill, R. P. Kertz, Comparisons of stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables, Annals of Probability 10(2):336–345, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176993861
  • R. P. Kertz, Stop rule and supremum expectations of i.i.d. random variables: a complete comparison by conjugate duality, Journal of Multivariate Analysis 19(1):88–112, 1986. https://doi.org/10.1016/0047-259X(86)90095-3
  • M. Abolhassani, S. Ehsani, H. Esfandiari, M. T. HajiAghayi, R. Kleinberg, B. Lucier, Beating 1−1/e for ordered prophets, Proc. 49th ACM STOC, 61–71, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1145/3055399.3055479
  • S. Chawla, J. D. Hartline, D. L. Malec, B. Sivan, Multi-parameter mechanism design and sequential posted pricing, Proc. 42nd ACM STOC, 311–320, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1145/1806689.1806733
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Mechanism DesignOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Pricing and Matching with Forward-Looking Buyers and Sellers 3: Every Incentive-Compatible Two-Sided Dynamic Mechanism Earns at Most the Expected Virtual-Surplus Assignment ValueResearch Paper

Motivation

Ride-hailing, freelancing and delivery platforms are intermediaries that post a price to buyers and a price to sellers and then match the two sides. Both sides are forward-looking: an agent who arrives can wait before requesting, and an agent who requests waits until she is matched, at a cost per unit of time. Chen and Hu, Pricing and Matching with Forward-Looking Buyers and Sellers (SSRN 2859864; Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 22(4), 2020, doi:10.1287/msom.2018.0769), measure simple pricing and matching policies against an upper bound that holds for every policy. This mission formalizes that upper bound in its mechanism-design form: no incentive-compatible two-sided dynamic mechanism earns more than the expected value of a clairvoyant assignment problem in virtual values.

The bound extends the virtual-value approach of Myerson (1981) and its bilateral-trade version by Myerson and Satterthwaite (1983) from a single static trade to a market with random arrivals on both sides, waiting costs and a timing constraint that matched units change hands at the same instant.

Setting

Over a horizon [0,T][0,T][0,T], buyers arrive as a Poisson process of rate λd>0\lambda^d>0λd>0. A buyer has type ϕ=(tϕ,vϕ)\phi=(t_\phi,v_\phi)ϕ=(tϕ​,vϕ​): arrival time tϕt_\phitϕ​ and valuation vϕ∈[v‾,vˉ]v_\phi\in[\underline v,\bar v]vϕ​∈[v​,vˉ], drawn with continuous positive density fdf^dfd and c.d.f. FdF^dFd, independently of the arrival time. Sellers arrive as an independent Poisson process of rate λs>0\lambda^s>0λs>0, with types ψ=(tψ,cψ)\psi=(t_\psi,c_\psi)ψ=(tψ​,cψ​) and costs cψ∈[c‾,cˉ]c_\psi\in[\underline c,\bar c]cψ​∈[c​,cˉ] of continuous positive density fsf^sfs and c.d.f. FsF^sFs. The paper assumes c‾≤vˉ\underline c\le\bar vc​≤vˉ and that the virtual value Vd(v)=v−(1−Fd(v))/fd(v)V^d(v)=v-(1-F^d(v))/f^d(v)Vd(v)=v−(1−Fd(v))/fd(v) and the virtual cost Vs(c)=c+Fs(c)/fs(c)V^s(c)=c+F^s(c)/f^s(c)Vs(c)=c+Fs(c)/fs(c) are increasing (Assumptions 1–2). Write HTH^THT for the realized arrivals.

A direct mechanism yTy^TyT assigns to every buyer an outcome (sϕ,mϕ,pϕ)(s_\phi,m_\phi,p_\phi)(sϕ​,mϕ​,pϕ​): the time sϕ∈[tϕ,T]s_\phi\in[t_\phi,T]sϕ​∈[tϕ​,T] at which she leaves, the indicator mϕ∈{0,1}m_\phi\in\{0,1\}mϕ​∈{0,1} that she receives a unit, and her payment pϕp_\phipϕ​. Every seller receives (sψ,mψ,pψ)(s_\psi,m_\psi,p_\psi)(sψ​,mψ​,pψ​) likewise, pψp_\psipψ​ now paid to her. The balancing condition requires that at every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T] the number of buyers who receive a unit at ttt equals the number of sellers who deliver one at ttt. The buyer's utility is Ud=vϕmϕ−pϕ−b(sϕ−tϕ)U^d=v_\phi m_\phi-p_\phi-b(s_\phi-t_\phi)Ud=vϕ​mϕ​−pϕ​−b(sϕ​−tϕ​) and the seller's is Us=pψ−cψmψ−h(sψ−tψ)U^s=p_\psi-c_\psi m_\psi-h(s_\psi-t_\psi)Us=pψ​−cψ​mψ​−h(sψ​−tψ​), with waiting costs b,h≥0b,h\ge0b,h≥0. The intermediary's profit is

Π(yT)=∑ϕ∈HTpϕ−∑ψ∈HTpψ.\Pi(y^T)=\sum_{\phi\in H^T}p_\phi-\sum_{\psi\in H^T}p_\psi .Π(yT)=ϕ∈HT∑​pϕ​−ψ∈HT∑​pψ​.

Incentive compatibility (ICd) asks that no buyer gain, in the interim expectation E−ϕE_{-\phi}E−ϕ​ over all other agents, by reporting another valuation or a later arrival time tϕ^∈[tϕ,T]t_{\hat\phi}\in[t_\phi,T]tϕ^​​∈[tϕ​,T]; individual rationality (IRd) asks that her interim utility be nonnegative. (ICs) and (IRs) are the seller counterparts. Problem (B′) maximizes E[Π(yT)]E[\Pi(y^T)]E[Π(yT)] over feasible mechanisms subject to these constraints; its value is J∗J^*J∗.

The comparison object is the clairvoyant assignment problem (B): knowing HTH^THT in advance, choose a partial matching xxx of buyers to sellers maximizing

∑ϕ,ψ(Vd(vϕ)−Vs(cψ)−b (tψ−tϕ)+−h (tϕ−tψ)+)xϕψ;\sum_{\phi,\psi}\Big(V^d(v_\phi)-V^s(c_\psi)-b\,(t_\psi-t_\phi)^+-h\,(t_\phi-t_\psi)^+\Big)x_{\phi\psi};ϕ,ψ∑​(Vd(vϕ​)−Vs(cψ​)−b(tψ​−tϕ​)+−h(tϕ​−tψ​)+)xϕψ​;

its optimal value is Jˉ(HT)≥0\bar J(H^T)\ge0Jˉ(HT)≥0.

Formalization targets

Goal: the mechanism-design bound

For every feasible, well-defined mechanism satisfying (ICd), (IRd), (ICs) and (IRs),

E[Π(yT)]≤E[Jˉ(HT)],E\big[\Pi(y^T)\big]\le E\big[\bar J(H^T)\big],E[Π(yT)]≤E[Jˉ(HT)],

with Jˉ(HT)\bar J(H^T)Jˉ(HT) integrable. This is the last display of the proof of Lemma 1 (Online Appendix p. 4), J∗≤Jˉ1≤Jˉ2≤E[Jˉ(HT)]J^*\le\bar J^1\le\bar J^2\le E[\bar J(H^T)]J∗≤Jˉ1≤Jˉ2≤E[Jˉ(HT)].

Milestones

  1. Lemma S.1 (Supplemental Note p. 1): E−ϕ[pϕ]≤vϕE−ϕ[mϕ]−∫v‾vϕE−ϕ[mϕv′] dv′−bE−ϕ[sϕ−tϕ]E_{-\phi}[p_\phi]\le v_\phi E_{-\phi}[m_\phi]-\int_{\underline v}^{v_\phi}E_{-\phi}[m_{\phi_{v'}}]\,dv'-bE_{-\phi}[s_\phi-t_\phi]E−ϕ​[pϕ​]≤vϕ​E−ϕ​[mϕ​]−∫v​vϕ​​E−ϕ​[mϕv′​​]dv′−bE−ϕ​[sϕ​−tϕ​] under (ICd′) and (IRd).
  2. Lemma S.2: E[∑ϕpϕ]≤E[∑ϕVd(vϕ)mϕ−b(sϕ−tϕ)]E[\sum_\phi p_\phi]\le E[\sum_\phi V^d(v_\phi)m_\phi-b(s_\phi-t_\phi)]E[∑ϕ​pϕ​]≤E[∑ϕ​Vd(vϕ​)mϕ​−b(sϕ​−tϕ​)].
  3. Lemma S.4: E[∑ψpψ]≥E[∑ψVs(cψ)mψ+h(sψ−tψ)]E[\sum_\psi p_\psi]\ge E[\sum_\psi V^s(c_\psi)m_\psi+h(s_\psi-t_\psi)]E[∑ψ​pψ​]≥E[∑ψ​Vs(cψ​)mψ​+h(sψ​−tψ​)].
  4. The pathwise step Jˉ2≤E[Jˉ(HT)]\bar J^2\le E[\bar J(H^T)]Jˉ2≤E[Jˉ(HT)]: for every profile and every balanced assignment of outcomes, buyer virtual surplus net of waiting, less seller virtual cost plus waiting, is at most the value of (B).

Lemma S.3 (Supplemental Note p. 3), the seller envelope bound with information rent ∫cψcˉE−ψ[mψc′] dc′\int_{c_\psi}^{\bar c}E_{-\psi}[m_{\psi_{c'}}]\,dc'∫cψ​cˉ​E−ψ​[mψc′​​]dc′, is posed as a further theorem of the mission, the mirror image of Lemma S.1; it is not listed as a milestone.

Here (ICd′) and (ICs′) are the one-dimensional constraints in which the reported arrival time is the true one; Lemmas S.1–S.4 are stated under these weaker hypotheses, as in the paper.

Significance

Lemma 1 of the paper, Jπ,M≤E[Jˉ(HT)]J^{\pi,M}\le E[\bar J(H^T)]Jπ,M≤E[Jˉ(HT)] for every pricing policy π\piπ and matching policy MMM, is the benchmark against which the paper's main theorem measures its waiting-adjusted fixed-price policy, and E[Jˉ(HT)]E[\bar J(H^T)]E[Jˉ(HT)] is in turn bounded by a deterministic fluid value (Lemma 2). Lemma 1 is the composition of two facts: the revelation principle Jπ,M≤J∗J^{\pi,M}\le J^*Jπ,M≤J∗ (Lemma 3) and the mechanism-design bound J∗≤E[Jˉ(HT)]J^*\le E[\bar J(H^T)]J∗≤E[Jˉ(HT)] posed here. The second carries the analytic content: it is where the envelope theorem, the exchange of integrals that turns payments into virtual values, and the timing argument appear.

The result is proved in the paper; its proofs are in the Online Appendix (Section A.2) and the Supplemental Note (Section A). No machine-checked proof of it, or of a dynamic two-sided Myerson bound of this kind, is known. A formal proof would also yield a reusable two-sided, Poisson-arrival version of the interim envelope and revenue-equivalence identities.

Difficulty

Each agent's type is two-dimensional, an arrival time and a valuation or cost, and arrival can only be misreported later. The relaxation to (ICd′)/(ICs′) makes the screening problem one-dimensional, but the interim expectation E−ϕE_{-\phi}E−ϕ​ ranges over a random population whose size is itself random. Turning E[∑ϕ∈HTpϕ]E[\sum_{\phi\in H^T}p_\phi]E[∑ϕ∈HT​pϕ​] into an integral of interim payments requires the Mecke formula for the Poisson process, and the envelope argument must be carried out for interim utilities that are only known to be suprema of affine functions, using no differentiability of the mechanism. The pathwise step is combinatorial: the balancing condition at each instant pairs buyers with sellers discharged together, and those pairs must be compared with an optimal matching of (B), with duplicate types and unmatched agents handled.

A frequent first idea, bounding payments by valuations directly, gives only the first-best surplus E[∑(vϕ−cψ)]E[\sum (v_\phi-c_\psi)]E[∑(vϕ​−cψ​)], which is not the target; the information rents must be extracted.

Formalization scope

The primitives are the published bilateral-trade environment MechanismDesign.BilateralTrade.Environment (densities on intervals, cdfB, cdfS, psiB =Vd=V^d=Vd, psiS =Vs=V^s=Vs, Regular === Assumptions 1–2), and (B) is AssignmentGame.CoreLP.worth of the published assignment game, with sellers as rows and buyers as columns. The conventions committed to are:

  1. Arrivals. Each side is a Poisson(λT\lambda TλT) number of agents with i.i.d. types, arrival time uniform on [0,T][0,T][0,T] and independent of the mark; this is equal in law to the Poisson process restricted to [0,T][0,T][0,T]. Profiles are multisets of types: agents are named by their types, as in the paper, and coincide only with probability zero.
  2. Mechanisms map the reported buyer and seller profiles to an outcome for each type, (s,m,p)(s,m,p)(s,m,p) with t≤s≤Tt\le s\le Tt≤s≤T and m∈{0,1}m\in\{0,1\}m∈{0,1} for listed agents and the balancing condition at every t∈[0,T]t\in[0,T]t∈[0,T]. The causality conditions of the paper (stopping times with respect to the filtration Ht\mathcal H_tHt​) and the timing variables τ,a\tau,aτ,a are dropped. This enlarges the class of mechanisms; it is the clairvoyant class through which the paper's own proof passes (Jˉ1≤Jˉ2\bar J^1\le\bar J^2Jˉ1≤Jˉ2), and the bound for the larger class implies the paper's.
  3. Interim expectations. E−ϕ[g(yϕ^)]E_{-\phi}[g(y_{\hat\phi})]E−ϕ​[g(yϕ^​​)] is the expectation, over an independent copy of HTH^THT, of ggg at the outcome of the report ϕ^\hat\phiϕ^​ inserted among the buyers (the Slivnyak–Mecke reading of "expectation taken with respect to HT∖{ϕ}H^T\setminus\{\phi\}HT∖{ϕ}").
  4. Incentive constraints are quantified over every type and every report in the type spaces, not almost everywhere, with reported arrivals tϕ^∈[tϕ,T]t_{\hat\phi}\in[t_\phi,T]tϕ^​​∈[tϕ​,T].
  5. Added hypotheses. Continuity of fdf^dfd, fsf^sfs on their supports, without which Vd,VsV^d,V^sVd,Vs are defined only almost everywhere; and WellDefined: outcomes are Borel in the listed types, interim payments are integrable, and total absolute payments are integrable. Integrability of Jˉ(HT)\bar J(H^T)Jˉ(HT) and of the virtual-surplus sums is part of each conclusion.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the mechanism class is not restricted beyond the paper's feasibility, the constraints are not vacuous (the null mechanism satisfies them, so J∗≥0J^*\ge0J∗≥0), and expectations are of integrable functions. The goal quantifies over mechanisms rather than taking a supremum, which is equivalent because the class is nonempty.

A complete development needs the Mecke formula for the Poisson-count representation, an envelope theorem for suprema of affine functions on an interval, Fubini on the type space, and an exchange argument for matchings. All of these are reusable beyond this mission. Contributions of any of them, of the milestones in any order, or of alternative proofs are welcome.

Selected references

  • Y. Chen and M. Hu, Pricing and Matching with Forward-Looking Buyers and Sellers, Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 22(4):717–734, 2020; submitted manuscript SSRN 2859864. https://ssrn.com/abstract=2859864, https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.2018.0769
  • R. B. Myerson, Optimal Auction Design, Mathematics of Operations Research 6(1):58–73, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.6.1.58
  • R. B. Myerson and M. A. Satterthwaite, Efficient Mechanisms for Bilateral Trading, Journal of Economic Theory 29(2):265–281, 1983. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0531(83)90048-0
  • P. Milgrom and I. Segal, Envelope Theorems for Arbitrary Choice Sets, Econometrica 70(2):583–601, 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1468-0262.00296
  • G. Last and M. Penrose, Lectures on the Poisson Process, Cambridge University Press, 2017 (Mecke equation, Theorem 4.1). https://doi.org/10.1017/9781316104477
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Linear algebraNumerical AnalysisTheoretical Computer Science·Captain: mikedeng1

Low Rank Approximation and Regression in Input Sparsity Time 1: A Sparse Embedding Matrix with O((r/ε)⁴ log²(r/ε)) Rows Is a (1 ± ε) Subspace Embedding for a Rank-r Matrix with Probability 9/10Research Paper

Motivation

Many matrix algorithms spend most of their time reading their input. A matrix with few nonzero entries should admit routines whose cost scales with that number, rather than with the product of its dimensions. Clarkson and Woodruff study random maps that compress a matrix before a regression or low rank approximation calculation while retaining the geometric information those calculations need. Their sparse embedding has one nonzero entry per input coordinate, so applying it to a sparse matrix can be charged to the matrix's nonzero entries. The probability guarantee for its geometry is Theorem 11 of the preprint, the target of this mission.

The paper proves further results for faster regression and low rank approximation after sketching. Those applications use the subspace guarantee as an input. This mission concentrates on that guarantee and the statements in §3 that support it. The source is the 5 April 2013 arXiv version; theorem and page labels below refer to that version.

Setting

Fix a real matrix A∈Rn×dA\in\mathbb R^{n\times d}A∈Rn×d of rank rrr. Its column space is C(A)={Ax:x∈Rd}C(A)=\{Ax:x\in\mathbb R^d\}C(A)={Ax:x∈Rd}. A map S:Rn→RtS:\mathbb R^n\to\mathbb R^tS:Rn→Rt is a subspace embedding for AAA when it approximately preserves the length of every vector in C(A)C(A)C(A) simultaneously. The dimension rrr, rather than the number of rows nnn, controls the size required of the compressed space.

Here SSS is the sparse embedding matrix ΦD\Phi DΦD. Each input coordinate iii independently chooses one bucket h(i)∈[t]h(i)\in[t]h(i)∈[t] uniformly. The binary matrix Φ\PhiΦ has a 111 at (h(i),i)(h(i),i)(h(i),i) and zero elsewhere in column iii. Independently, DDD is diagonal with a fair sign +1+1+1 or −1-1−1 at each coordinate. Thus the output in bucket jjj is the signed sum of input coordinates assigned to jjj. The probability in this mission is over the joint, uniform choice of all bucket assignments and signs, with AAA fixed in advance. This is the construction in §2, p. 7.

For an orthonormal basis matrix U∈Rn×rU\in\mathbb R^{n\times r}U∈Rn×r of C(A)C(A)C(A), the leverage score of row iii is ui=∑j=1rUij2u_i=\sum_{j=1}^r U_{ij}^2ui​=∑j=1r​Uij2​. A threshold T>0T>0T>0 separates light coordinates, with ui≤Tu_i\le Tui​≤T, from heavy coordinates, with ui>Tu_i>Tui​>T. The paper describes this split after sorting rows by leverage; the threshold description selects the same coordinates and keeps the input's original order. The bucket event EhE_hEh​ bounds the sum of light leverage scores assigned to each bucket. The heavy event EBE_BEB​ says that distinct heavy coordinates receive distinct buckets. These are properties of hhh alone; the later concentration statements take probability over the independent signs after fixing a suitable hhh.

Formalization targets

Sparse subspace embedding

There is an absolute constant C>0C>0C>0 such that for every AAA of rank r≥1r\ge1r≥1, every 0<ε≤1/20<\varepsilon\le1/20<ε≤1/2, and every integer t≥C(r/ε)4log⁡2(r/ε)t\ge C(r/\varepsilon)^4\log^2(r/\varepsilon)t≥C(r/ε)4log2(r/ε),

Pr⁡h,D ⁣[∀y∈C(A),∣∥ΦDy∥22−∥y∥22∣≤ε∥y∥22]≥910.\Pr_{h,D}\!\left[ \forall y\in C(A),\quad \bigl|\|\Phi Dy\|_2^2-\|y\|_2^2\bigr| \le\varepsilon\|y\|_2^2 \right]\ge\frac9{10}.h,DPr​[∀y∈C(A),​∥ΦDy∥22​−∥y∥22​​≤ε∥y∥22​]≥109​.

The event contains the universal quantifier over yyy: one draw must work for the whole column space. The squared-norm estimate implies the norm formulation printed in Theorem 11, p. 11 on this range of ε\varepsilonε. The paper gives its proof in §3, pp. 7–11.

Supporting targets

The milestone list follows the paper's statements: a coordinate bound from §3.1; the weighted bucket estimate of Lemma 2; light-coordinate concentration in Lemma 3; the collision and exact-preservation statement of Lemma 5; the heavy-light cross-term estimate in Lemma 6; fixed-vector preservation in Lemma 7; and the passage to the whole subspace in Lemma 8. Their distinct probability spaces matter. Lemmas 2 and 5 concern bucket assignments, Lemmas 3, 6, and 7 concern signs for a fixed suitable assignment, and Lemma 8 is a general statement about a random linear map.

Significance

Theorem 11 gives a single compact random matrix that retains the Euclidean geometry of every vector in a specified rank-rrr column space with probability at least 9/109/109/10. It supports sketch-and-solve algorithms: a computation performed on ΦDA\Phi DAΦDA can use a much smaller row dimension while reasoning about the original column space. The construction also has exactly one nonzero per column, the structural fact behind its input-sparsity running time. The running-time bound is stated in the paper, but this mission's Lean target concerns the mathematical norm guarantee.

The paper already proves the theorem; the open work here is a machine-checked development of its statement and proof. The finite probability model, explicit squared norms, leverage scores, and bucket events can support later formalizations of other sparse sketching results. No machine-checked proof of Theorem 11 is claimed by this proposal. A complete development may reuse proved concentration inequalities from Mathlib or the platform, but the cited inequalities need their hypotheses checked against the finite-sign and weighted-bucket models used here.

Difficulty

A fixed-vector estimate does not itself imply that one random sketch works for all vectors of an uncountable subspace: the quantifier cannot simply be moved through the probability. Collisions also have different effects on high- and low-leverage coordinates. Heavy coordinates need a no-collision event; light coordinates can share buckets only while their total bucket weight remains controlled. The paper's statements keep these events and probability spaces separate. The final whole-subspace claim requires a uniform estimate whose failure probability accounts for the dimension rrr.

Formalization scope

Vectors are functions Fin n → ℝ, matrices are finite real matrices, and ∥v∥22\|v\|_2^2∥v∥22​ and ∥M∥F2\|M\|_F^2∥M∥F2​ are explicit sums of coordinate squares. The sample space is the product of all bucket maps and all Boolean sign assignments, with counting probability. Every theorem with a freely chosen bucket count assumes t>0t>0t>0; otherwise a Fin 0 sample space could make division by its cardinality meaningless. The theorem's size threshold forces this automatically when r≥1r\ge1r≥1 and 0<ε≤1/20<\varepsilon\le1/20<ε≤1/2. Matrix rank is Mathlib's matrix rank.

The formalization fixes 0<ε≤1/20<\varepsilon\le1/20<ε≤1/2 in Theorem 11. The upper bound prevents the logarithmic size expression from degenerating near r=ε=1r=\varepsilon=1r=ε=1, and r≥1r\ge1r≥1 keeps its logarithm and division meaningful. Positive TTT and WWW are explicit where needed; Lemma 6 restricts δC≤e−1\delta_C\le e^{-1}δC​≤e−1. The heavy/light split uses leverage thresholds rather than a row permutation, and constants described as absolute are quantified before every dimension, matrix, error, and failure parameter. In particular, Theorem 11's event quantifies over all xxx inside the probability, while Lemma 7 fixes yyy before sampling signs. These choices exclude degenerate distributions, vacuous error ranges, and a fixed-vector claim masquerading as the goal.

The refined ttt clause at the end of Theorem 11 is left out: its printed s2/30s^2/30s2/30 conflicts with the proof's collision requirement 30s230s^230s2, and its threshold parameter is not fixed in the claim. Lemma 1 and the cited Hanson–Wright moment result, Theorem 4, are proof tools outside this proposal's milestone set. Contributions that formalize those tools faithfully, prove the bucket and sign estimates, or connect the finite model to existing probability libraries are useful for the goal.

Selected references

  • Kenneth L. Clarkson and David P. Woodruff, Low Rank Approximation and Regression in Input Sparsity Time, arXiv:1207.6365v4, 2013. Preprint.
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchPartial Differential EquationsStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin-Whitt Regime 2: The JSQ Diffusion Limit Satisfies a Foster-Lyapunov Drift ConditionResearch Paper

Motivation

Join-the-shortest-queue (JSQ) is the basic load-balancing rule for a system of nnn parallel single-server queues: every arriving customer joins a queue of minimal length. It is optimal in several senses for homogeneous servers and is the reference policy against which cheaper rules (power-of-ddd choices, join-the-idle-queue) are measured. In the Halfin–Whitt regime, where the arrival rate is nλn\lambdanλ with λ=1−β/n\lambda = 1-\beta/\sqrt nλ=1−β/n​ for a fixed β>0\beta>0β>0, Eschenfeldt and Gamarnik (arXiv:1502.00999) proved that the suitably centred and scaled numbers of queues of length at least one and at least two converge, on finite time intervals, to a two-dimensional reflected diffusion. Braverman (arXiv:1801.05121) justified the interchange of limits (the stationary distributions of the nnn-server chains converge to the stationary distribution of the diffusion). One ingredient of that result is that the diffusion is exponentially ergodic, so it has a unique stationary distribution that is approached at a geometric rate. This mission formalizes the analytic core of that ingredient: a Foster–Lyapunov drift condition for the diffusion's generator.

Timeline. Eschenfeldt and Gamarnik (2015) proved the process-level diffusion limit, the first analysis of JSQ in this regime. Mukherjee, Borst, van Leeuwaarden and Whiting (J. Appl. Probab. 53, 2016) showed that a class of load-balancing schemes shares the same diffusion limit. Braverman (arXiv 2018, v2 2019; Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020) proved tightness of the scaled stationary distributions and exponential ergodicity of the limit, which together give the interchange of limits.

Setting

The state space is the closed quadrant Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞)\Omega = (-\infty,0]\times[0,\infty)Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞). For f:Ω→Rf:\Omega\to\mathbb Rf:Ω→R write f1=∂f/∂x1f_1 = \partial f/\partial x_1f1​=∂f/∂x1​, f2=∂f/∂x2f_2 = \partial f/\partial x_2f2​=∂f/∂x2​, f11=∂f1/∂x1f_{11} = \partial f_1/\partial x_1f11​=∂f1​/∂x1​. On the boundary ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω these are one-sided derivatives, and C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) denotes the twice continuously differentiable functions in this sense.

The diffusion limit Y=(Y1,Y2)Y=(Y_1,Y_2)Y=(Y1​,Y2​) solves

Y1(t)=Y1(0)+2W(t)−βt+∫0t(−Y1(s)+Y2(s)) ds−U(t),Y2(t)=Y2(0)+U(t)−∫0tY2(s) ds,Y_1(t)=Y_1(0)+\sqrt2W(t)-\beta t+\int_0^t(-Y_1(s)+Y_2(s))\,ds-U(t),\qquad Y_2(t)=Y_2(0)+U(t)-\int_0^tY_2(s)\,ds,Y1​(t)=Y1​(0)+2​W(t)−βt+∫0t​(−Y1​(s)+Y2​(s))ds−U(t),Y2​(t)=Y2​(0)+U(t)−∫0t​Y2​(s)ds,

with WWW a standard Brownian motion and UUU a nondecreasing regulator that increases only when Y1=0Y_1=0Y1​=0. For f∈C2(Ω)f\in C^2(\Omega)f∈C2(Ω) with the reflection condition f1(0,x2)=f2(0,x2)f_1(0,x_2)=f_2(0,x_2)f1​(0,x2​)=f2​(0,x2​), its generator acts by

GYf(x)=(−x1+x2−β)f1(x)−x2f2(x)+f11(x),x∈Ω.G_Yf(x)=(-x_1+x_2-\beta)f_1(x)-x_2f_2(x)+f_{11}(x),\qquad x\in\Omega .GY​f(x)=(−x1​+x2​−β)f1​(x)−x2​f2​(x)+f11​(x),x∈Ω.

The construction of the Lyapunov function uses an auxiliary integer n≥1n\ge1n≥1 and the fluid operator

Lf(x)=(−x1+x2−βn)f1(x)−x2f2(x),Lf(x)=\Big(-x_1+x_2-\frac{\beta}{\sqrt n}\Big)f_1(x)-x_2f_2(x),Lf(x)=(−x1​+x2​−n​β​)f1​(x)−x2​f2​(x),

the generator of the deterministic fluid path v1′=−v1+v2−β/nv_1'=-v_1+v_2-\beta/\sqrt nv1′​=−v1​+v2​−β/n​, v2′=−v2v_2'=-v_2v2′​=−v2​. A smoothed indicator ϕ(ℓ,u)\phi^{(\ell,u)}ϕ(ℓ,u) (a piecewise cubic that rises from 000 at ℓ\ellℓ to 111 at uuu) and two levels β<κ1<κ2\beta<\kappa_1<\kappa_2β<κ1​<κ2​ define the PDEs

Lf(1)(x)=−ϕ(κ1/n,κ2/n)(−x1),Lf(2)(x)=−ϕ(κ1/n,κ2/n)(x2),x∈Ω,Lf^{(1)}(x)=-\phi^{(\kappa_1/\sqrt n,\kappa_2/\sqrt n)}(-x_1),\qquad Lf^{(2)}(x)=-\phi^{(\kappa_1/\sqrt n,\kappa_2/\sqrt n)}(x_2),\qquad x\in\Omega,Lf(1)(x)=−ϕ(κ1​/n​,κ2​/n​)(−x1​),Lf(2)(x)=−ϕ(κ1​/n​,κ2​/n​)(x2​),x∈Ω,

each with the reflection condition. Their solutions are written explicitly in terms of the fluid hitting times τ~(κ)\tilde\tau^{(\kappa)}τ~(κ) (through the Lambert W function) and τ\tauτ, and the curves Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ) that split Ω\OmegaΩ into regions S0,…,S3S_0,\dots,S_3S0​,…,S3​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4

For every β>0\beta>0β>0 there exist c>0c>0c>0, d>0d>0d>0, a compact set KKK and V∈C2(Ω)V\in C^2(\Omega)V∈C2(Ω) with V≥1V\ge1V≥1 on Ω\OmegaΩ, V(x)→∞V(x)\to\inftyV(x)→∞ as ∣x∣→∞|x|\to\infty∣x∣→∞ in Ω\OmegaΩ, and V1(0,x2)=V2(0,x2)V_1(0,x_2)=V_2(0,x_2)V1​(0,x2​)=V2​(0,x2​), such that

GYV(x)≤−cV(x)+d 1(x∈K),x∈Ω.G_YV(x)\le -cV(x)+d\,1(x\in K),\qquad x\in\Omega .GY​V(x)≤−cV(x)+d1(x∈K),x∈Ω.

The constants are unspecified and depend only on β\betaβ; the statement involves no nnn.

Milestones

  1. (5.6)–(5.7): ϕ(ℓ,u)\phi^{(\ell,u)}ϕ(ℓ,u) has an absolutely continuous derivative with ϕ′(ℓ)=ϕ′(u)=0\phi'(\ell)=\phi'(u)=0ϕ′(ℓ)=ϕ′(u)=0, ∣ϕ′∣≤4/(u−ℓ)|\phi'|\le 4/(u-\ell)∣ϕ′∣≤4/(u−ℓ) and ∣ϕ′′∣≤12/(u−ℓ)2|\phi''|\le12/(u-\ell)^2∣ϕ′′∣≤12/(u−ℓ)2.
  2. Lemma 10: τ~(κ)\tilde\tau^{(\kappa)}τ~(κ) extends to {x2=0}\{x_2=0\}{x2​=0}, vanishes on {x1=−κ/n}\{x_1=-\kappa/\sqrt n\}{x1​=−κ/n​}, and has explicit one-sided partial derivatives.
  3. Lemma 11: the explicit f(1)f^{(1)}f(1) is nonnegative, lies in C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω), and has explicit first partials.
  4. Lemma 12: the explicit six-case f(2)f^{(2)}f(2) is well defined, lies in C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω), and has the partials (C.8)–(C.9).
  5. Lemma 8: for ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0, κ1=β+ϵ\kappa_1=\beta+\epsilonκ1​=β+ϵ, κ2=β+2ϵ\kappa_2=\beta+2\epsilonκ2​=β+2ϵ, both PDEs have C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) solutions with
f(1)≤log⁡2,f(2)≤log⁡2+ϵβ on a box,∣f1(1)∣≤4nϵlog⁡2, ∣f11(1)∣≤12nϵ2log⁡2, ∣f1(2)∣≤nβ, ∣f11(2)∣≤nβϵ(1+4β+ϵϵ).f^{(1)}\le\log2,\quad f^{(2)}\le\log2+\tfrac{\epsilon}{\beta}\ \text{on a box},\qquad |f^{(1)}_1|\le\tfrac{4\sqrt n}{\epsilon}\log2,\ |f^{(1)}_{11}|\le\tfrac{12n}{\epsilon^2}\log2,\ |f^{(2)}_1|\le\tfrac{\sqrt n}{\beta},\ |f^{(2)}_{11}|\le\tfrac{n}{\beta\epsilon}\big(1+4\tfrac{\beta+\epsilon}{\epsilon}\big).f(1)≤log2,f(2)≤log2+βϵ​ on a box,∣f1(1)​∣≤ϵ4n​​log2, ∣f11(1)​∣≤ϵ212n​log2, ∣f1(2)​∣≤βn​​, ∣f11(2)​∣≤βϵn​(1+4ϵβ+ϵ​).

Significance

By the criterion of Down, Meyn and Tweedie (Ann. Probab. 23, 1995, Theorem 5.2), a drift inequality of the form (5.2) with compact KKK and V→∞V\to\inftyV→∞ implies that the diffusion is positive Harris recurrent and exponentially ergodic in the VVV-norm (Theorem 3 and Corollary 1 of the paper). Together with tightness of the prelimit stationary distributions (mission 1 of this series), this gives convergence of the stationary distributions of the JSQ chains to that of the diffusion. That justifies approximating steady-state JSQ performance by the diffusion.

The construction itself is reusable. Solving the fluid-model PDE Lf=−(smoothed indicator)Lf=-(\text{smoothed indicator})Lf=−(smoothed indicator) and exponentiating the solution is a general route from fluid stability to exponential ergodicity of a diffusion. This mission writes that route out for one reflected diffusion with explicit hitting-time formulas.

Status: the result is proved in the paper; no part of it has a machine-checked proof. Theorem 3 and Corollary 1 are not posed, because they rest on the cited Down–Meyn–Tweedie theory and on the existence of the reflected process, neither of which Mathlib has.

Difficulty

The reflecting boundary rules out the first candidates. The condition V1(0,x2)=V2(0,x2)V_1(0,x_2)=V_2(0,x_2)V1​(0,x2​)=V2​(0,x2​) excludes exponentials of linear functions such as ea(x2−x1)e^{a(x_2-x_1)}ea(x2​−x1​) unless a=0a=0a=0. The natural candidate from the fluid model, the exponential of the fluid time needed to reach a box, has a discontinuous integrand and is not in C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω), so GYG_YGY​ cannot be applied to it. The milestone functions f(1)f^{(1)}f(1), f(2)f^{(2)}f(2) are given piecewise across the curves Γ(κ1)\Gamma^{(\kappa_1)}Γ(κ1​), Γ(κ2)\Gamma^{(\kappa_2)}Γ(κ2​) and the lines x1=−κi/nx_1=-\kappa_i/\sqrt nx1​=−κi​/n​, through implicitly defined hitting times. Three things are hard: C2C^2C2 regularity across these interfaces, the Lambert W asymptotics as x2↓0x_2\downarrow0x2​↓0, and second-derivative bounds that hold uniformly on the unbounded domain Ω\OmegaΩ with the stated dependence on nnn and ϵ\epsilonϵ.

Formalization scope

  • Points of Ω\OmegaΩ are pairs ℝ × ℝ, and Ω\OmegaΩ is Set.Iic 0 ×ˢ Set.Ici 0. Partials are fderivWithin ℝ f Ω in the coordinate directions, which are one-sided at boundary points. C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) is ContDiffOn ℝ 2 f Ω.
  • GYG_YGY​ is the generator formula of p. 16, and every statement applies it only to C2(Ω)C^2(\Omega)C2(Ω) functions with the reflection condition. The process (2.1) and the extended generator are not constructed. V∈C2(Ω)V\in C^2(\Omega)V∈C2(Ω) is part of the conclusion of Theorem 4, so a VVV whose derivatives within Ω\OmegaΩ are undefined (and default to 000) cannot satisfy (5.2) vacuously. Dropping V≥1V\ge1V≥1, V→∞V\to\inftyV→∞, the compactness of KKK, or c,d>0c,d>0c,d>0 would make (5.2) trivial, and all four are kept.
  • The auxiliary nnn is an integer n≥1n\ge1n≥1; no relation between β\betaβ and n\sqrt nn​ is assumed.
  • The Lambert W function (principal branch) is defined locally, since Mathlib has none. τ\tauτ takes values in WithTop ℝ, with ∞\infty∞ when no solution exists, and its real value is used only where it is finite. ν∗\nu^*ν∗ (the curve Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ)) is the solution of a nonlinear system whose uniqueness is Lemma 5.
  • Two printed misprints are corrected. Lemma 8's "for every ϵ>0\epsilon>0ϵ>0" is formalized with κ1=β+ϵ\kappa_1=\beta+\epsilonκ1​=β+ϵ, κ2=β+2ϵ\kappa_2=\beta+2\epsilonκ2​=β+2ϵ, the choice its proof makes; read literally, the printed statement is false. In (C.5) of Lemma 10 the identity τ~2=−τ~1τ~\tilde\tau_2=-\tilde\tau_1\tilde\tauτ~2​=−τ~1​τ~ is formalized as τ~2=τ~1τ~\tilde\tau_2=\tilde\tau_1\tilde\tauτ~2​=τ~1​τ~, which is what implicit differentiation gives.
  • Lemmas 5, 6 and 9 (properties of Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ), τ\tauτ and WWW) are milestones of mission 1; here their objects are only definitions. Contributions proving those facts in this namespace, or general lemmas on the Lambert W function, are welcome.

Selected references

  • A. Braverman, Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin-Whitt Regime, Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020; preprint arXiv:1801.05121v2, 2019. https://arxiv.org/abs/1801.05121, https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.2019.1023
  • P. Eschenfeldt, D. Gamarnik, Join the Shortest Queue with Many Servers. The Heavy-Traffic Asymptotics, 2015 (Math. Oper. Res. 43(3), 2018). https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.00999
  • D. Down, S. P. Meyn, R. L. Tweedie, Exponential and Uniform Ergodicity of Markov Processes, Ann. Probab. 23, 1671–1691, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176987798
  • D. Mukherjee, S. C. Borst, J. S. H. van Leeuwaarden, P. A. Whiting, Universality of Load Balancing Schemes on the Diffusion Scale, J. Appl. Probab. 53, 1111–1124, 2016. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.jap/1481132840
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Statistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Central Limit Theorems and Bootstrap in High Dimensions 2: Gaussian Multiplier Bootstrap for Simple Convex Sets with Error C[Δ̄ₙ^{1/3} log^{2/3}(pn) + n⁻¹ log^{1/2}(pn)]Research Paper

Motivation

Many procedures in high-dimensional statistics reduce to computing the probability that a normalized sum of independent random vectors falls into a set: simultaneous confidence intervals for many means, max-type tests, multiple testing with family-wise error control, and inference after model selection. When the dimension ppp is comparable to or much larger than the sample size nnn, these probabilities are approximated by those of a Gaussian vector with the same covariance, the high-dimensional central limit theorem. That Gaussian law is not available in practice, because its covariance matrix is unknown. The Gaussian multiplier bootstrap replaces it by a Gaussian vector built from the data, whose covariance is the sample covariance, and simulates from it.

Chernozhukov, Chetverikov and Kato, Central limit theorems and bootstrap in high dimensions (Ann. Probab. 45 (2017)), prove that this bootstrap is valid uniformly over hyperrectangles and over simple convex sets (sets sandwiched between a polytope with polynomially many facets and its small enlargement), with error depending on ppp only through log⁡p\log plogp. This mission formalizes their abstract multiplier bootstrap theorem, Theorem 4.1.

Timeline:

  • 2013: the same authors prove Gaussian approximation and multiplier bootstrap validity for maxima of sums of high-dimensional vectors (Ann. Statist. 41 (2013)).
  • 2015: comparison and anti-concentration bounds for maxima of Gaussian vectors (Probab. Theory Related Fields 162 (2015)), reference [20] of the paper; its Theorem 1 is the Gaussian-to-Gaussian comparison used here.
  • 2017: the present paper extends both the CLT and the bootstrap from maxima to hyperrectangles and simple convex sets.

Setting

Let n≥4n\ge4n≥4 and p≥3p\ge3p≥3. Let X1,…,XnX_1,\dots,X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be independent random vectors in Rp\mathbb R^pRp with coordinates XijX_{ij}Xij​, centred (E[Xij]=0\mathrm E[X_{ij}]=0E[Xij​]=0) with E[Xij2]<∞\mathrm E[X_{ij}^2]<\inftyE[Xij2​]<∞. Let Y1,…,YnY_1,\dots,Y_nY1​,…,Yn​ be independent Gaussian vectors with Yi∼N(0,E[XiXi′])Y_i\sim N(0,\mathrm E[X_iX_i'])Yi​∼N(0,E[Xi​Xi′​]) and set

SnY=1n∑i=1nYi.S_n^Y=\frac1{\sqrt n}\sum_{i=1}^nY_i .SnY​=n​1​i=1∑n​Yi​.

The multiplier bootstrap: let e1,…,ene_1,\dots,e_ne1​,…,en​ be i.i.d. N(0,1)N(0,1)N(0,1), independent of the data X1n={X1,…,Xn}X_1^n=\{X_1,\dots,X_n\}X1n​={X1​,…,Xn​}, let Xˉ=n−1∑iXi\bar X=n^{-1}\sum_iX_iXˉ=n−1∑i​Xi​, and

SneX=1n∑i=1nei(Xi−Xˉ).S_n^{eX}=\frac1{\sqrt n}\sum_{i=1}^ne_i(X_i-\bar X).SneX​=n​1​i=1∑n​ei​(Xi​−Xˉ).

Given the data, SneXS_n^{eX}SneX​ is Gaussian with covariance Σ^=n−1∑i(Xi−Xˉ)(Xi−Xˉ)′\widehat\Sigma=n^{-1}\sum_i(X_i-\bar X)(X_i-\bar X)'Σ=n−1∑i​(Xi​−Xˉ)(Xi​−Xˉ)′, while SnYS_n^YSnY​ has covariance Σ=n−1∑iE[XiXi′]\Sigma=n^{-1}\sum_i\mathrm E[X_iX_i']Σ=n−1∑i​E[Xi​Xi′​].

A hyperrectangle is a set {w:aj≤wj≤bj ∀j}\{w:a_j\le w_j\le b_j\ \forall j\}{w:aj​≤wj​≤bj​ ∀j} with −∞≤aj≤bj≤∞-\infty\le a_j\le b_j\le\infty−∞≤aj​≤bj​≤∞. For a finite set V\mathcal VV of unit vectors and thresholds s(v)s(v)s(v), the polyhedron Am=⋂v∈V{w:w′v≤s(v)}A^m=\bigcap_{v\in\mathcal V}\{w:w'v\le s(v)\}Am=⋂v∈V​{w:w′v≤s(v)} has the enlargement Am,ϵ=⋂v∈V{w:w′v≤s(v)+ϵ}A^{m,\epsilon}=\bigcap_{v\in\mathcal V}\{w:w'v\le s(v)+\epsilon\}Am,ϵ=⋂v∈V​{w:w′v≤s(v)+ϵ}. For constants a,d>0a,d>0a,d>0, a Borel set AAA satisfies condition (C) if Am⊆A⊆Am,a/nA^m\subseteq A\subseteq A^{m,a/n}Am⊆A⊆Am,a/n for some such polyhedron with m≤(pn)dm\le(pn)^dm≤(pn)d facets; Am(A)A^m(A)Am(A) denotes this polyhedron and V(Am)\mathcal V(A^m)V(Am) its normals. Condition (M.1′) with constant b>0b>0b>0 asks n−1∑iE[(v′Xi)2]≥bn^{-1}\sum_i\mathrm E[(v'X_i)^2]\ge bn−1∑i​E[(v′Xi​)2]≥b for every v∈V(Am)v\in\mathcal V(A^m)v∈V(Am). Finally,

Δn(A)=sup⁡A∈Amax⁡v1,v2∈V(Am(A))∣v1′(Σ^−Σ)v2∣,Δn,r=max⁡j,k∣Σ^jk−Σjk∣.\Delta_n(\mathcal A)=\sup_{A\in\mathcal A}\max_{v_1,v_2\in\mathcal V(A^m(A))}\big|v_1'(\widehat\Sigma-\Sigma)v_2\big|,\qquad \Delta_{n,r}=\max_{j,k}|\widehat\Sigma_{jk}-\Sigma_{jk}| .Δn​(A)=A∈Asup​v1​,v2​∈V(Am(A))max​​v1′​(Σ−Σ)v2​​,Δn,r​=j,kmax​∣Σjk​−Σjk​∣.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1

Let A\mathcal AA be a class of sets satisfying (C) and (M.1′). There is CCC depending only on a,b,da,b,da,b,d such that for every Δˉn>0\bar\Delta_n>0Δˉn​>0, on the event Δn(A)≤Δˉn\Delta_n(\mathcal A)\le\bar\Delta_nΔn​(A)≤Δˉn​,

ρnMB(A)=sup⁡A∈A∣P(SneX∈A∣X1n)−P(SnY∈A)∣≤C{Δˉn1/3log⁡2/3(pn)+n−1log⁡1/2(pn)}.\rho_n^{MB}(\mathcal A)=\sup_{A\in\mathcal A}\big|P(S_n^{eX}\in A\mid X_1^n)-P(S_n^Y\in A)\big|\le C\big\{\bar\Delta_n^{1/3}\log^{2/3}(pn)+n^{-1}\log^{1/2}(pn)\big\}.ρnMB​(A)=A∈Asup​​P(SneX​∈A∣X1n​)−P(SnY​∈A)​≤C{Δˉn1/3​log2/3(pn)+n−1log1/2(pn)}.

The theorem is deterministic in the data: it holds at every realization on the event, and turning it into a rate requires only a bound on Δn(A)\Delta_n(\mathcal A)Δn​(A).

Milestones

In the order of the proof (App. E.2, p. 2342):

  1. Conditional Gaussianity: given X1nX_1^nX1n​, SneX∼N(0,Σ^)S_n^{eX}\sim N(0,\widehat\Sigma)SneX​∼N(0,Σ).
  2. Display (21): 0≤Fβ(w)−max⁡j(wj−yj)≤β−1log⁡p0\le F_\beta(w)-\max_j(w_j-y_j)\le\beta^{-1}\log p0≤Fβ​(w)−maxj​(wj​−yj​)≤β−1logp for the smooth max Fβ(w)=β−1log⁡∑jeβ(wj−yj)F_\beta(w)=\beta^{-1}\log\sum_je^{\beta(w_j-y_j)}Fβ​(w)=β−1log∑j​eβ(wj​−yj​).
  3. The comparison display ∣E[g(Fβ(SneX))∣X1n]−E[g(Fβ(SnY))]∣≤(∥g′′∥∞/2+β∥g′∥∞)Δn,r|\mathrm E[g(F_\beta(S^{eX}_n))\mid X_1^n]-\mathrm E[g(F_\beta(S^Y_n))]|\le(\|g''\|_\infty/2+\beta\|g'\|_\infty)\Delta_{n,r}∣E[g(Fβ​(SneX​))∣X1n​]−E[g(Fβ​(SnY​))]∣≤(∥g′′∥∞​/2+β∥g′∥∞​)Δn,r​.
  4. Lemma A.1 (Nazarov's inequality): P(Y≤y+a)−P(Y≤y)≤Calog⁡pP(Y\le y+a)-P(Y\le y)\le Ca\sqrt{\log p}P(Y≤y+a)−P(Y≤y)≤Calogp​ for a centred Gaussian YYY with variances at least bbb.
  5. The smoothed step: ∣P(SneX≤y−ϕ−1∣X1n)−P(SnY≤y−ϕ−1)∣≤C{ϕ−1log⁡1/2p+(ϕ2+βϕ)Δn,r}|P(S^{eX}_n\le y-\phi^{-1}\mid X_1^n)-P(S^Y_n\le y-\phi^{-1})|\le C\{\phi^{-1}\log^{1/2}p+(\phi^2+\beta\phi)\Delta_{n,r}\}∣P(SneX​≤y−ϕ−1∣X1n​)−P(SnY​≤y−ϕ−1)∣≤C{ϕ−1log1/2p+(ϕ2+βϕ)Δn,r​} with β=ϕlog⁡p\beta=\phi\log pβ=ϕlogp.
  6. Display (39): sup⁡y∣P(SneX≤y∣X1n)−P(SnY≤y)∣≤CΔn,r1/3log⁡2/3p\sup_y|P(S^{eX}_n\le y\mid X_1^n)-P(S^Y_n\le y)|\le C\Delta_{n,r}^{1/3}\log^{2/3}psupy​∣P(SneX​≤y∣X1n​)−P(SnY​≤y)∣≤CΔn,r1/3​log2/3p under (M.1): n−1∑iE[Xij2]≥bn^{-1}\sum_i\mathrm E[X_{ij}^2]\ge bn−1∑i​E[Xij2​]≥b.
  7. Remark 4.1 = (38): ρnMB(Are)≤CΔˉn1/3log⁡2/3p\rho_n^{MB}(\mathcal A^{re})\le C\bar\Delta_n^{1/3}\log^{2/3}pρnMB​(Are)≤CΔˉn1/3​log2/3p on Δn,r≤Δˉn\Delta_{n,r}\le\bar\Delta_nΔn,r​≤Δˉn​, CCC depending only on bbb.
  8. The reduction display: for one simple convex set, the error at AAA is at most Cϵlog⁡1/2(pn)+ρˉC\epsilon\log^{1/2}(pn)+\bar\rhoCϵlog1/2(pn)+ρˉ​, where ρˉ\bar\rhoρˉ​ is the larger error at AmA^mAm and Am,ϵA^{m,\epsilon}Am,ϵ.

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is the abstract step behind the paper's explicit multiplier bootstrap rates: Proposition 4.1 combines it with maximal inequalities that bound Δn(A)\Delta_n(\mathcal A)Δn​(A) with high probability, and obtains, with probability at least 1−α1-\alpha1−α, the rate (Bn2log⁡5(pn)log⁡2(1/α)/n)1/6(B_n^2\log^5(pn)\log^2(1/\alpha)/n)^{1/6}(Bn2​log5(pn)log2(1/α)/n)1/6 for simple convex sets with sparse facet normals. In applications it justifies bootstrap critical values for max-type statistics and simultaneous confidence regions when p≫np\gg np≫n. Remark 4.1, the hyperrectangle case, is the version most used in practice.

The results are proved on paper; none is formalized on the platform. A formal development produces machine-checked versions of the smooth-max sandwich, a Gaussian anti-concentration bound (Nazarov's inequality), a quantitative Gaussian comparison inequality and the bootstrap theorem itself. The comparison display and Lemma A.1 are proved in the paper only by citation ([20] and Klivans–O'Donnell–Servedio, Thm. 20), so formal proofs of them are new work rather than transcriptions.

Difficulty

The obvious route compares SneXS^{eX}_nSneX​ and SnYS^Y_nSnY​ through the Kolmogorov distance of their laws or through a total-variation bound between two Gaussians. Both depend polynomially on ppp and fail when p≫np\gg np≫n. The proof instead compares smooth functionals of the coordinatewise maximum, where the error depends on ppp only through β∼log⁡p\beta\sim\log pβ∼logp, and then converts back to probabilities of orthants with an anti-concentration inequality whose constant grows like log⁡p\sqrt{\log p}logp​. Both conversions must hold uniformly in the threshold yyy, and the final bound for simple convex sets requires passing to the mmm-dimensional vectors (v′Xi)v∈V(v'X_i)_{v\in\mathcal V}(v′Xi​)v∈V​ with m≤(pn)dm\le(pn)^dm≤(pn)d, which is why log⁡(pn)\log(pn)log(pn) appears. The comparison inequality for g∘Fβg\circ F_\betag∘Fβ​ is the step with the least existing infrastructure: it is a Slepian–Stein interpolation between two Gaussian laws with explicit control of second derivatives of FβF_\betaFβ​.

Formalization scope

  • Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p); N(0,Σ)N(0,\Sigma)N(0,Σ) is Mathlib's multivariateGaussian 0 Σ. Independence is iIndepFun; YiY_iYi​'s law is fixed by P.map (Y i) = multivariateGaussian 0 (covMat P (X i)), and square integrability of each XijX_{ij}Xij​ makes covMat positive semidefinite, so this is the genuine Gaussian law.
  • n≥4n\ge4n≥4 and p≥3p\ge3p≥3 (the paper's standing assumption) are hypotheses of every theorem.
  • P(⋅∣X1n)P(\cdot\mid X_1^n)P(⋅∣X1n​) is read per realization: the bootstrap law mbLaw x is the push-forward of N(0,1)⊗nN(0,1)^{\otimes n}N(0,1)⊗n under e↦n−1/2∑iei(xi−xˉ)e\mapsto n^{-1/2}\sum_ie_i(x_i-\bar x)e↦n−1/2∑i​ei​(xi​−xˉ), and the bound is asserted at every ω\omegaω on the event, for the data X(ω)X(\omega)X(ω). Since eee is independent of the data, this is a version of the conditional law; no conditional expectation appears.
  • Suprema over the class, over v1,v2v_1,v_2v1​,v2​ and over hyperrectangles are encoded as bounds for every member.
  • The class A\mathcal AA is an indexed family of measurable sets, each with its approximating polyhedron given by a finite set of unit vectors and real thresholds. The page uses facet normals and support values; allowing any finite family of unit vectors is a mild generalization that implies the page's theorem.
  • Constants: CCC is quantified after a,b,da,b,da,b,d (after bbb alone for (38), (39), Lemma A.1 and the smoothed step) and before nnn, ppp, the probability space, the data, the class, Δˉn\bar\Delta_nΔˉn​ and the realization. A constant chosen after nnn or ppp would trivialize the goal.
  • Moments enter only through lower bounds ((M.1), (M.1′)) on integrals of square-integrable functions, so no integral takes a default value; the comparison display integrates continuous functions of linear growth against Gaussian laws. The goal does not mention FβF_\betaFβ​, ggg, ϱnMB\varrho_n^{MB}ϱnMB​, (38) or (39).

Infrastructure needed: multivariate Gaussian laws and their linear images, Gaussian integration by parts or Slepian interpolation, Nazarov's inequality, and properties of log-sum-exp. Lemma A.1, display (21) and the comparison display are reusable beyond this mission, for the high-dimensional CLT of the companion mission and for any max-type Gaussian approximation. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are proofs of the conditional Gaussianity identity from Mathlib's Gaussian API.

Selected references

  • V. Chernozhukov, D. Chetverikov, K. Kato, Central limit theorems and bootstrap in high dimensions, Ann. Probab. 45(4):2309–2352, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1214/16-AOP1113
  • V. Chernozhukov, D. Chetverikov, K. Kato, Comparison and anti-concentration bounds for maxima of Gaussian random vectors, Probab. Theory Related Fields 162:47–70, 2015. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0565-9
  • V. Chernozhukov, D. Chetverikov, K. Kato, Gaussian approximations and multiplier bootstrap for maxima of sums of high-dimensional random vectors, Ann. Statist. 41(6):2786–2819, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1214/13-AOS1161
  • A. Klivans, R. O'Donnell, R. Servedio, Learning geometric concepts via Gaussian surface area, FOCS 2008. https://doi.org/10.1109/FOCS.2008.64
  • F. Nazarov, On the maximal perimeter of a convex set in ℝⁿ with respect to a Gaussian measure, Geometric Aspects of Functional Analysis, Lecture Notes in Math. 1807, 169–187, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-540-36428-3_14
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Statistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Central Limit Theorems and Bootstrap in High Dimensions 1: Gaussian Approximation of Normalized Sums over All Hyperrectangles with Error K₁[(L̄ₙ² log⁷p/n)^{1/6} + Mₙ(φₙ)/L̄ₙ]Research Paper

Motivation

Many statistical procedures look at a large number of averages at once: simultaneous confidence intervals for ppp means, multiple testing of ppp hypotheses, the maximum of ppp ttt-statistics. Their calibration needs the joint law of a ppp-dimensional normalized sum, and in modern applications ppp is comparable to, or much larger than, the sample size nnn. Classical multivariate central limit theorems with explicit error, such as Bentkus's bound over convex sets (Bentkus 2003), require ppp to grow slowly with nnn (roughly p=o(n1/7)\sqrt p = o(n^{1/7})p​=o(n1/7)), which rules out these applications.

Chernozhukov, Chetverikov and Kato showed that when the class of sets is restricted to hyperrectangles, the Gaussian approximation error depends on the dimension only through log⁡p\log plogp (Ann. Probab. 45 (2017)).

Timeline. In 2013 the same authors proved a Gaussian approximation for the maximum of a sum (sets of the form {w:wj≤a ∀j}\{w : w_j \le a \ \forall j\}{w:wj​≤a ∀j}) with rate n−1/8n^{-1/8}n−1/8 (Ann. Statist. 41 (2013)). The 2017 paper extends this to all hyperrectangles, improves the rate to n−1/6n^{-1/6}n−1/6, and adds bootstrap results.

Setting

Let n≥4n \ge 4n≥4 and p≥3p \ge 3p≥3. Let X1,…,XnX_1, \dots, X_nX1​,…,Xn​ be independent random vectors in Rp\mathbb R^pRp with coordinates XijX_{ij}Xij​, each centred (E[Xij]=0\mathrm E[X_{ij}] = 0E[Xij​]=0) with E[Xij2]<∞\mathrm E[X_{ij}^2] < \inftyE[Xij2​]<∞. Let Y1,…,YnY_1, \dots, Y_nY1​,…,Yn​ be independent centred Gaussian vectors with Yi∼N(0,E[XiXi′])Y_i \sim N(0, \mathrm E[X_iX_i'])Yi​∼N(0,E[Xi​Xi′​]), the same covariance as XiX_iXi​. The normalized sums are

SnX:=1n∑i=1nXi,SnY:=1n∑i=1nYi.S^X_n := \frac{1}{\sqrt n}\sum_{i=1}^n X_i, \qquad S^Y_n := \frac{1}{\sqrt n}\sum_{i=1}^n Y_i.SnX​:=n​1​i=1∑n​Xi​,SnY​:=n​1​i=1∑n​Yi​.

A hyperrectangle is a set A={w∈Rp:aj≤wj≤bj for all j}A = \{w \in \mathbb R^p : a_j \le w_j \le b_j \text{ for all } j\}A={w∈Rp:aj​≤wj​≤bj​ for all j} with −∞≤aj≤bj≤∞-\infty \le a_j \le b_j \le \infty−∞≤aj​≤bj​≤∞; Are\mathcal A^{\mathrm{re}}Are is the class of all of them. The quantity to bound is

ρn(Are):=sup⁡A∈Are∣P(SnX∈A)−P(SnY∈A)∣.\rho_n(\mathcal A^{\mathrm{re}}) := \sup_{A \in \mathcal A^{\mathrm{re}}}\big|\mathrm P(S^X_n \in A) - \mathrm P(S^Y_n \in A)\big|.ρn​(Are):=A∈Aresup​​P(SnX​∈A)−P(SnY​∈A)​.

The error is measured through the third-moment parameter Ln:=max⁡jn−1∑iE∣Xij∣3L_n := \max_j n^{-1}\sum_i \mathrm E|X_{ij}|^3Ln​:=maxj​n−1∑i​E∣Xij​∣3 and the truncated maximal moments

Mn,X(ϕ):=1n∑i=1nE[max⁡j∣Xij∣3 1{max⁡j∣Xij∣>n4ϕlog⁡p}],M_{n,X}(\phi) := \frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n \mathrm E\Big[\max_j|X_{ij}|^3\,1\Big\{\max_j|X_{ij}| > \frac{\sqrt n}{4\phi\log p}\Big\}\Big],Mn,X​(ϕ):=n1​i=1∑n​E[jmax​∣Xij​∣31{jmax​∣Xij​∣>4ϕlogpn​​}],

Mn,Y(ϕ)M_{n,Y}(\phi)Mn,Y​(ϕ) the same with YYY, and Mn(ϕ):=Mn,X(ϕ)+Mn,Y(ϕ)M_n(\phi) := M_{n,X}(\phi) + M_{n,Y}(\phi)Mn​(ϕ):=Mn,X​(ϕ)+Mn,Y​(ϕ). Here log⁡\loglog is the natural logarithm.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.1

If n−1∑iE[Xij2]≥b>0n^{-1}\sum_i \mathrm E[X_{ij}^2] \ge b > 0n−1∑i​E[Xij2​]≥b>0 for all jjj, there are constants K1,K2>0K_1, K_2 > 0K1​,K2​>0 depending only on bbb such that for every Lˉn≥Ln\bar L_n \ge L_nLˉn​≥Ln​,

ρn(Are)≤K1[(Lˉn2log⁡7pn)1/6+Mn(ϕn)Lˉn],ϕn:=K2(Lˉn2log⁡4pn)−1/6.\rho_n(\mathcal A^{\mathrm{re}}) \le K_1\left[\left(\frac{\bar L_n^2\log^7 p}{n}\right)^{1/6} + \frac{M_n(\phi_n)}{\bar L_n}\right], \qquad \phi_n := K_2\left(\frac{\bar L_n^2\log^4 p}{n}\right)^{-1/6}.ρn​(Are)≤K1​[(nLˉn2​log7p​)1/6+Lˉn​Mn​(ϕn​)​],ϕn​:=K2​(nLˉn2​log4p​)−1/6.

The constants are left existential, as on the page: the goal asserts the shape of the bound, not particular values.

Milestones

  1. Display (21): the smooth maximum Fβ(w)=β−1log⁡∑jeβ(wj−yj)F_\beta(w) = \beta^{-1}\log\sum_j e^{\beta(w_j - y_j)}Fβ​(w)=β−1log∑j​eβ(wj​−yj​) is within β−1log⁡p\beta^{-1}\log pβ−1logp of max⁡j(wj−yj)\max_j(w_j - y_j)maxj​(wj​−yj​).
  2. Lemma B.1: association inequalities for nondecreasing nonnegative functions, including (20) without independence.
  3. Lemma A.1 (Nazarov's inequality): P(Y≤y+a)−P(Y≤y)≤Calog⁡p\mathrm P(Y \le y + a) - \mathrm P(Y \le y) \le Ca\sqrt{\log p}P(Y≤y+a)−P(Y≤y)≤Calogp​ for a centred Gaussian YYY with E[Yj2]≥b\mathrm E[Y_j^2] \ge bE[Yj2​]≥b.
  4. Lemma 5.1, the key lemma: a recursive bound on ϱn:=sup⁡y,v∈[0,1]∣P(vSnX+1−vSnY≤y)−P(SnY≤y)∣\varrho_n := \sup_{y, v\in[0,1]}|\mathrm P(\sqrt v S^X_n + \sqrt{1-v}S^Y_n \le y) - \mathrm P(S^Y_n \le y)|ϱn​:=supy,v∈[0,1]​∣P(v​SnX​+1−v​SnY​≤y)−P(SnY​≤y)∣.
  5. Corollary 5.1: the same bound for ϱn′\varrho_n'ϱn′​, the supremum over hyperrectangles.
  6. Lemma C.1: an exponential tail bound gives E[ξ31{ξ>t}]≤6A(t+B)3e−t/B\mathrm E[\xi^3 1\{\xi > t\}] \le 6A(t+B)^3e^{-t/B}E[ξ31{ξ>t}]≤6A(t+B)3e−t/B.

Companion: Proposition 2.1

Under the moment conditions (M.1)–(M.2) and either an exponential (E.1) or a polynomial (E.2) moment bound with parameter Bn≥1B_n \ge 1Bn​≥1,

ρn(Are)≤C(Bn2log⁡7(pn)n)1/6orρn(Are)≤C{(Bn2log⁡7(pn)n)1/6+(Bn2log⁡3(pn)n1−2/q)1/3}.\rho_n(\mathcal A^{\mathrm{re}}) \le C\Big(\frac{B_n^2\log^7(pn)}{n}\Big)^{1/6} \quad\text{or}\quad \rho_n(\mathcal A^{\mathrm{re}}) \le C\Big\{\Big(\frac{B_n^2\log^7(pn)}{n}\Big)^{1/6} + \Big(\frac{B_n^2\log^3(pn)}{n^{1-2/q}}\Big)^{1/3}\Big\}.ρn​(Are)≤C(nBn2​log7(pn)​)1/6orρn​(Are)≤C{(nBn2​log7(pn)​)1/6+(n1−2/qBn2​log3(pn)​)1/3}.

Significance

The result. Under the exponential moment condition (E.1), Proposition 2.1 makes the Gaussian approximation error tend to zero when Bn2log⁡7(pn)=o(n)B_n^2\log^7(pn) = o(n)Bn2​log7(pn)=o(n), allowing ppp much larger than nnn. Under the polynomial moment condition (E.2), its second error term must also tend to zero. Theorem 2.1 is the probabilistic basis of the paper's multiplier and empirical bootstrap results for simultaneous inference (Chernozhukov, Chetverikov and Kato 2017).

Formalizing it. The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version of this theorem was found in the platform catalog during this mission's prior-art search. A formal proof needs interpolation between SnXS^X_nSnX​ and SnYS^Y_nSnY​, Gaussian anti-concentration (Nazarov's inequality), and third-order Taylor estimates of smooth approximations of indicator functions. Nazarov's inequality is used in the paper by citation, so its formal proof is a separate milestone.

Difficulty

The obvious route, a Lindeberg replacement of each XiX_iXi​ by YiY_iYi​ after smoothing the indicator of a hyperrectangle coordinate by coordinate, loses a polynomial factor in ppp: the derivatives of a product of ppp smoothed one-dimensional indicators add up over coordinates, so the error grows like a power of ppp rather than of log⁡p\log plogp. Any smoothing must also be paid for by the probability that the Gaussian vector falls in a thin neighbourhood of the boundary of a hyperrectangle, and a dimension-free bound on that probability is not available for general hyperrectangles; the log⁡p\sqrt{\log p}logp​ anti-concentration bound is the best one can use. Finally, a direct comparison yields an inequality in which the quantity to be bounded appears on both sides, and the rate n−1/6n^{-1/6}n−1/6 is obtained only after that inequality is solved; a one-shot estimate gives a worse power of nnn. The truncation in Mn(ϕ)M_n(\phi)Mn​(ϕ) handles coordinates too large for a third-order Taylor expansion, since no moment condition beyond third moments is assumed.

Formalization scope

Vectors live in EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin p) and the coordinate XijX_{ij}Xij​ is X i ω j. The Gaussian comparison vectors satisfy P.map (Y i) = multivariateGaussian 0 (covMat P (X i)) with covMat P Z = (E[Z_j Z_k])_{j,k}, which is positive semidefinite, so this is the genuine N(0,E[XiXi′])N(0, \mathrm E[X_iX_i'])N(0,E[Xi​Xi′​]); the YiY_iYi​ are independent. Hyperrectangle endpoints are extended reals used only in comparisons. Every theorem carries the standing assumptions n≥4n \ge 4n≥4, p≥3p \ge 3p≥3, independence, centring and finite second moments. Items that involve LnL_nLn​ or MnM_nMn​ add E∣Xij∣3<∞\mathrm E|X_{ij}|^3 < \inftyE∣Xij​∣3<∞; when a third moment is infinite the paper's bounds are vacuous, so this loses nothing. Mn(ϕ)M_n(\phi)Mn​(ϕ) is defined by its formula for every real ϕ\phiϕ, because Theorem 2.1 evaluates it at ϕn\phi_nϕn​, which may be below 111. Lemma 5.1 and Corollary 5.1 assume the YYY's independent of the XXX's, as the definition of ϱn\varrho_nϱn​ does; Theorem 2.1 and Proposition 2.1 do not. A bound on a supremum is stated set by set.

Constants that the paper says depend only on bbb (or on bbb and qqq) are quantified after bbb and before nnn, ppp, the probability space and every random vector; a constant chosen after nnn, ppp or the law would trivialize every statement. Upper bounds on expectations in hypotheses ((M.2), (E.1), (E.2)) and in Lemma C.1's conclusion are lower Lebesgue integrals, so a non-integrable function cannot make a hypothesis hold with a junk value of 000. Dropping the independence of the YiY_iYi​ or using a wrong covariance would make the goal false.

A complete development needs: a multivariate Stein or Slepian interpolation, third-order Taylor expansion with remainder for functions on Rp\mathbb R^pRp, Gaussian integration by parts, and Nazarov's inequality. The anti-concentration and smooth-max lemmas are reusable for any max-type Gaussian approximation, including the bootstrap results of the second mission of this series. Proofs of individual milestones, of Nazarov's inequality in particular, are welcome on their own.

Selected references

  • V. Chernozhukov, D. Chetverikov, K. Kato, Central limit theorems and bootstrap in high dimensions, Ann. Probab. 45(4):2309–2352, 2017. https://doi.org/10.1214/16-AOP1113
  • V. Chernozhukov, D. Chetverikov, K. Kato, Gaussian approximations and multiplier bootstrap for maxima of sums of high-dimensional random vectors, Ann. Statist. 41(6):2786–2819, 2013. https://doi.org/10.1214/13-AOS1161
  • V. Bentkus, On the dependence of the Berry–Esseen bound on dimension, J. Statist. Plann. Inference 113:385–402, 2003. MR1965117, https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=1965117
  • F. Nazarov, On the maximal perimeter of a convex set in ℝⁿ with respect to a Gaussian measure, Geometric Aspects of Functional Analysis, Lecture Notes in Math. 1807, 169–187, Springer, 2003. MR2083397, https://mathscinet.ams.org/mathscinet-getitem?mr=2083397
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryMachine LearningOperations Research+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Convergence Analysis of Machine Learning for Mean Field Control, Finite Horizon: The N-Agent Discrete-Time Neural-Net Value Is Within O(N^{-1/max(d,4)} + n_in^{-1/(3(d+1))} + √Δt) of the MKV OptimumResearch Paper

Motivation

Mean field control studies the optimal control of a very large population of interacting agents through the limit in which the population is replaced by its distribution. The limit problem is a McKean–Vlasov (MKV) control problem: the dynamics and the cost of a representative agent depend on the law of its own state. Such problems arise in systemic risk, crowd motion, energy management and the planning of large distributed systems; the reference account is Carmona and Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II (Springer, 2018).

MKV control problems are rarely solvable in closed form, and grid-based numerical methods suffer from the dimension of the state. A practical alternative is to simulate a finite population on a time grid, parametrize the feedback control by a neural network, and minimize the simulated cost by stochastic gradient descent. Carmona and Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case (Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6), 2022, doi:10.1214/21-AAP1715), quantify how close this computable proxy is to the true optimum. This mission formalizes the statement of their main result and of the propositions and lemmas its proof is built from.

Setting

Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0, a state dimension ddd, a control dimension kkk (controls take values in A=RkA=\mathbb R^kA=Rk), an initial law μ0\mu_0μ0​ on Rd\mathbb R^dRd, a drift b(t,x,μ,α)b(t,x,\mu,\alpha)b(t,x,μ,α), a volatility σ(t,x,μ)\sigma(t,x,\mu)σ(t,x,μ) (not controlled), a running cost f(t,x,μ,α)f(t,x,\mu,\alpha)f(t,x,μ,α) and a terminal cost g(x,μ)g(x,\mu)g(x,μ); μ\muμ ranges over P2(Rd)\mathcal P_2(\mathbb R^d)P2​(Rd), the probability measures with finite second moment, compared with the Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​.

Problem 1 (the MKV problem). On a probability space carrying a ddd-dimensional Wiener process WWW and an independent X0∼μ0X_0\sim\mu_0X0​∼μ0​, minimize over progressively measurable square-integrable controls α∈A\alpha\in\mathbb Aα∈A

J(α)=E[∫0Tf(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+g(XT,L(XT))],dXt=b(t,Xt,L(Xt),αt) dt+σ(t,Xt,L(Xt)) dWt,J(\alpha)=\mathbb E\Big[\int_0^Tf(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+g(X_T,\mathcal L(X_T))\Big],\qquad dX_t=b(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t),\alpha_t)\,dt+\sigma(t,X_t,\mathcal L(X_t))\,dW_t,J(α)=E[∫0T​f(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+g(XT​,L(XT​))],dXt​=b(t,Xt​,L(Xt​),αt​)dt+σ(t,Xt​,L(Xt​))dWt​,

where L(Xt)\mathcal L(X_t)L(Xt​) is the law of XtX_tXt​.

Problem 3 (the NNN-agent problem). NNN agents with independent Wiener processes WiW^iWi and i.i.d. initial states X0i∼μ0X^i_0\sim\mu_0X0i​∼μ0​ use a common feedback function v(t,x)v(t,x)v(t,x); the law is replaced by the empirical measure μtN=1N∑jδXtj\mu^N_t=\frac1N\sum_j\delta_{X^j_t}μtN​=N1​∑j​δXtj​​, and the cost is JN(v)=1N∑iE[∫0Tf(t,Xti,μtN,v(t,Xti)) dt+g(XTi,μTN)]J^N(v)=\frac1N\sum_i\mathbb E[\int_0^Tf(t,X^i_t,\mu^N_t,v(t,X^i_t))\,dt+g(X^i_T,\mu^N_T)]JN(v)=N1​∑i​E[∫0T​f(t,Xti​,μtN​,v(t,Xti​))dt+g(XTi​,μTN​)].

Problem 2 (the computable proxy). With Δt=T/NT\Delta t=T/N_TΔt=T/NT​ and tn=nΔtt_n=n\Delta ttn​=nΔt, the NNN agents follow the Euler scheme

Xˇtn+1i=Xˇtni+b(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn,φ(tn,Xˇtni))Δt+σ(tn,Xˇtni,μˇtn)ΔWˇni\check X^i_{t_{n+1}}=\check X^i_{t_n}+b(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n},\varphi(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n}))\Delta t+\sigma(t_n,\check X^i_{t_n},\check\mu_{t_n})\Delta\check W^i_nXˇtn+1​i​=Xˇtn​i​+b(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​,φ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​))Δt+σ(tn​,Xˇtn​i​,μˇ​tn​​)ΔWˇni​

with i.i.d. Gaussian increments ΔWˇni∼N(0,Δt Id)\Delta\check W^i_n\sim\mathcal N(0,\Delta t\,I_d)ΔWˇni​∼N(0,ΔtId​), and JˇN(φ)\check J^N(\varphi)JˇN(φ) is the expected time-discretized cost. The feedback φ\varphiφ ranges over Nd+1,nin,kψ\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}Nd+1,nin​,kψ​, the one-hidden-layer neural networks from (t,x)∈Rd+1(t,x)\in\mathbb R^{d+1}(t,x)∈Rd+1 to Rk\mathbb R^kRk with ninn_{\rm in}nin​ hidden neurons and activation ψ\psiψ; ψ\psiψ is 2π2\pi2π-periodic, of class C3\mathcal C^3C3, with ψ^1=∫−ππψ(x)e−ix dx≠0\hat\psi_1=\int_{-\pi}^{\pi}\psi(x)e^{-ix}\,dx\ne0ψ^​1​=∫−ππ​ψ(x)e−ixdx=0.

The standing assumptions (§2.2 and Appendix A of the paper) make b,σb,\sigmab,σ affine in (x,μˉ,α)(x,\bar\mu,\alpha)(x,μˉ​,α) (A1), make f,gf,gf,g differentiable in (x,α,μ)(x,\alpha,\mu)(x,α,μ) (in μ\muμ in the sense of the L-derivative) with Lipschitz derivatives (A2)–(A3), make fff strongly convex in α\alphaα (A4), and add the regularity (B1)–(B3), (C1)–(C3). Under them the reduced Hamiltonian b⋅y+fb\cdot y+fb⋅y+f has a minimizer α^(t,x,μ,y)\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu,y)α^(t,x,μ,y), the Pontryagin forward–backward system has a solution (X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z)(X,Y,Z) with marginal flow μt\mu_tμt​, and Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​) for a regular decoupling field VVV. The optimal feedback is v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt,V(t,x))\hat v(t,x)=\hat\alpha(t,x,\mu_t,V(t,x))v^(t,x)=α^(t,x,μt​,V(t,x)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 4070)

inf⁡α∈AJ(α) ≥ inf⁡φ∈Nd+1,nin,kψJˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max⁡(d,4)1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4}+nin−1/(3(d+1))+Δt)\inf_{\alpha\in\mathbb A}J(\alpha)\ \ge\ \inf_{\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}}\check J^N(\varphi)-C\Big(N^{-1/\max(d,4)}\sqrt{1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}}}+n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}+\sqrt{\Delta t}\Big)α∈Ainf​J(α) ≥ φ∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​inf​JˇN(φ)−C(N−1/max(d,4)1+ln(N)1{d=4}​​+nin−1/(3(d+1))​+Δt​)

for a constant CCC depending only on the data and on ψ\psiψ, for all N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1.

The three steps

  1. Proposition 7 (finite population): inf⁡αJ(α)≥JN(v^)−c1N−2/max⁡(d,4)(1+ln⁡(N)1{d=4})\inf_\alpha J(\alpha)\ge J^N(\hat v)-c_1\sqrt{N^{-2/\max(d,4)}(1+\ln(N)\mathbf 1_{\{d=4\}})}infα​J(α)≥JN(v^)−c1​N−2/max(d,4)(1+ln(N)1{d=4}​)​.
  2. Proposition 8 (network class): some φ^∈Nd+1,nin,kψ\hat\varphi\in\mathbf N^\psi_{d+1,n_{\rm in},k}φ^​∈Nd+1,nin​,kψ​ with bounded Lipschitz constants has JN(v^)≥JN(φ^)−K2nin−1/(3(d+1))J^N(\hat v)\ge J^N(\hat\varphi)-K_2n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}JN(v^)≥JN(φ^​)−K2​nin−1/(3(d+1))​.
  3. Proposition 15 (time step): ∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt|J^N(\varphi)-\check J^N(\varphi)|\le C\sqrt{\Delta t}∣JN(φ)−JˇN(φ)∣≤CΔt​ for regular feedbacks.

Supporting results

Lemma 18 (Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^), Proposition 10 (network approximation of a function and its first two xxx-derivatives at rate nin−1/(2(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(2(d+1))}nin−1/(2(d+1))​ on [0,T]×Bˉd(0,R)[0,T]\times\bar B_d(0,R)[0,T]×Bˉd​(0,R)), (C.2) (moment bounds uniform in NNN), Proposition 13 (stability of JNJ^NJN under feedbacks close on a ball), Lemma 19 (time regularity of the particle system) and Lemma 14 (strong error CNΔtCN\Delta tCNΔt of the Euler scheme).

Significance

The theorem certifies the standard deep-learning approach to mean field control: the value computed by minimizing the simulated finite-population, discrete-time cost over networks is, up to an explicit error with separate rates for population size, network width and time step, no larger than the true MKV value. The rates also expose where the method loses: the nin−1/(3(d+1))n_{\rm in}^{-1/(3(d+1))}nin−1/(3(d+1))​ term is a curse of dimensionality in the network step (Remark 11).

The result is proved in the paper (§3 and Appendices B–D); the proof of Proposition 7 is a modification of Carmona–Delarue, Vol. II, Theorem 6.17. None of it is formalized. A formal development would provide the first machine-checked bridge between a stochastic control problem of McKean–Vlasov type and a concrete learning architecture, and its intermediate results (moment and stability estimates for interacting particle systems, the strong error of an Euler scheme with constants independent of the number of particles, simultaneous approximation of a function and its derivatives by periodic networks) are reusable on their own.

Difficulty

Each step rests on research-level analysis. Proposition 7 needs the Pontryagin principle for McKean–Vlasov control, the propagation of chaos for the optimally controlled system, and the Fournier–Guillin rate for empirical measures, whose max⁡(d,4)\max(d,4)max(d,4) exponent and logarithmic correction at d=4d=4d=4 appear in the bound. Proposition 8 requires approximating the optimal feedback together with its first two derivatives in xxx, because the time-discretization step needs regularity of the approximating network; standard universal approximation results give no control of derivatives, and the available simultaneous approximation results hold only for periodic functions, which forces a localization to a ball whose radius must be balanced against the approximation rate. Proposition 15 cannot be obtained from classical Euler estimates for a system of NdNdNd equations, whose constants grow with NNN: the estimates must be done agent by agent through the empirical measure.

Formalization scope

Rd\mathbb R^dRd is Fin d → ℝ with the sup norm; every constant is existential, so all statements are norm-independent. Time is ℝ≥0 for processes. Solutions of (2.2) and (3.2) use the published Itô-process predicate Peng1990.SMP.IsItoProcess (for X−X0X-X_0X−X0​, with continuous paths and the natural filtration of the initial data and the noise); the backward equation of the Pontryagin system uses Peng1990.SMP.SolvesBSDE; W2W_2W2​ is the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance. Problem 2 is law-level: the Euler scheme is a deterministic map of initial positions and increments, integrated against μ0⊗N⊗N(0,ΔtId)⊗NNT\mu_0^{\otimes N}\otimes\mathcal N(0,\Delta t I_d)^{\otimes NN_T}μ0⊗N​⊗N(0,ΔtId​)⊗NNT​; Lemma 14 couples it with the continuous system through the Brownian increments, as the paper does.

The hypotheses are bundled as Coeff ((A1)–(A4), (B1), (B3), (C1), with witnesses for every derivative; the L-derivative is the Fréchet derivative of the lift on L2([0,1])L^2([0,1])L2([0,1])) and DecouplingField ((2.6), existence of a solution of (2.7) on some Problem-1 space, Yt=V(t,Xt)Y_t=V(t,X_t)Yt​=V(t,Xt​), (B2), (C2), (C3)). Disclosed readings: ggg's L-convexity is (A4) without α\alphaα and with right-hand side 000; unique solvability of (2.7), uniqueness and Lipschitz continuity of α^\hat\alphaα^ are not assumed (the last is Lemma 18); Proposition 13 lets its constant depend on bounds for ∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣|v(0,0)|,|w(0,0)|∣v(0,0)∣,∣w(0,0)∣, as its proof does; Proposition 15 reads the first bound of (3.16) as C1(1+∣(t,x)∣)C_1(1+|(t,x)|)C1​(1+∣(t,x)∣). Infima are stated pointwise (∀α ∀η>0 ∃φ\forall\alpha\,\forall\eta>0\,\exists\varphi∀α∀η>0∃φ), never as a real ⨅, and N,nin,NT≥1N,n_{\rm in},N_T\ge1N,nin​,NT​≥1 throughout. The hypothesis bundle is not vacuous: a sorry-free check exhibits the model b=σ=0b=\sigma=0b=σ=0, f=∣α∣2f=|\alpha|^2f=∣α∣2, g=0g=0g=0, μ0=δ0\mu_0=\delta_0μ0​=δ0​ with α^=0\hat\alpha=0α^=0, V=0V=0V=0 satisfying every assumption on any Problem-1 space. Junk values cannot trivialize the goal: the costs are Bochner integrals whose integrability follows from the assumptions, so a non-integrable cost would only make the claimed inequality harder, never vacuous.

Contributions are welcome at every level: proofs of the milestones, in particular the self-contained Lemmas 14 and 19, (C.2) and Proposition 13; infrastructure for the L-derivative, Itô's formula for the published Itô processes, empirical-measure convergence rates, and trigonometric approximation of Cr\mathcal C^rCr periodic functions.

Selected references

  • R. Carmona, M. Laurière, Convergence analysis of machine learning algorithms for the numerical solution of mean field control and games: II — the finite horizon case, Ann. Appl. Probab. 32(6) (2022), 4065–4105. https://doi.org/10.1214/21-AAP1715
  • R. Carmona, F. Delarue, Probabilistic Theory of Mean Field Games with Applications I–II, Springer (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-58920-6
  • N. Fournier, A. Guillin, On the rate of convergence in Wasserstein distance of the empirical measure, Probab. Theory Relat. Fields 162 (2015), 707–738. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-014-0583-7
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4) (1990), 966–979. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
15 thms1 active userReviewed
Mathematical Physics·Captain: mikedeng1

The Two-Dimensional KPZ Equation in the Entire Subcritical Regime: For Every β̂ ∈ (0, 1) the Rescaled Log-Partition Function of the 2D Directed Polymer Has Edwards–Wilkinson Gaussian FluctuationsResearch Paper

Motivation

The two-dimensional directed polymer is a random walk whose paths are reweighted by a random space-time environment. Its logarithmic partition function is a discrete counterpart of the height field of the two-dimensional Kardar–Parisi–Zhang equation. At the intermediate-disorder scale, the random weighting becomes weaker as the walk grows, yet its fluctuations remain visible. Caravenna, Sun and Zygouras prove that throughout the subcritical regime 0<β^<10<\hat\beta<10<β^​<1, spatial averages of the centred log-partition function converge to Gaussian fluctuations described by an additive stochastic heat equation (Theorem 1.6, p. 6).

The polymer formulation matters because it is a concrete finite-path model: each partition function is an average over finitely many nearest-neighbour walks, while its limit retains the effect of disorder at every scale. The same paper treats the continuum KPZ equation separately; this mission takes its stated polymer theorem as the target. Earlier work in dimension 1+11+11+1 studied a different intermediate-disorder scaling and a Wiener-chaos limit (Alberts, Khanin and Quastel, 2014). The two-dimensional result concerns a distinct regime and a different limit.

Setting

Let SSS be the simple symmetric random walk on Z2\mathbb Z^2Z2. Starting at xxx, it chooses each of its four nearest-neighbour steps with probability 1/41/41/4. Write qn(z)=P0(Sn=z)q_n(z)=P_0(S_n=z)qn​(z)=P0​(Sn​=z), and let S~\widetilde SS be an independent copy. Their expected overlap through time NNN is

RN=∑n=1NP(Sn=S~n)=∑n=1N∑z∈Z2qn(z)2.R_N=\sum_{n=1}^N P(S_n=\widetilde S_n)=\sum_{n=1}^N\sum_{z\in\mathbb Z^2}q_n(z)^2.RN​=n=1∑N​P(Sn​=Sn​)=n=1∑N​z∈Z2∑​qn​(z)2.

For a fixed β^∈(0,1)\hat\beta\in(0,1)β^​∈(0,1), the disorder strength is βN=β^/RN\beta_N=\hat\beta/\sqrt{R_N}βN​=β^​/RN​​. The environment ω(n,z)\omega(n,z)ω(n,z) consists of independent, identically distributed real random variables with mean zero, variance one and finite exponential moments at all sufficiently small positive arguments. Its logarithmic moment generating function is λ(b)=log⁡E[ebω]\lambda(b)=\log\mathbb E[e^{b\omega}]λ(b)=logE[ebω]. The law also obeys the paper's concentration assumption (1.20): convex 1-Lipschitz functions of any finite collection of environment variables have stretched-exponential deviations from a median, measured with Euclidean distance (pp. 5–6).

For a length-NNN walk from xxx, sum βNω(n,Sn)−λ(βN)\beta_N\omega(n,S_n)-\lambda(\beta_N)βN​ω(n,Sn​)−λ(βN​) over times 1,…,N1,\ldots,N1,…,N, exponentiate, and average over paths. The result is the partition function ZN(x)Z_N(x)ZN​(x). Where λ(βN)\lambda(\beta_N)λ(βN​) is finite, its centring gives EZN(x)=1\mathbb E Z_N(x)=1EZN​(x)=1. A restricted function ZΛ,b(x)Z_{\Lambda,b}(x)ZΛ,b​(x) samples disorder only from the space-time sites in Λ\LambdaΛ. Section 2 uses an early window ANxA_N^xANx​ near the start and a late window BN≥B_N^{\ge}BN≥​ to define ZNA(x)Z_N^A(x)ZNA​(x), its remainder Z^NA(x)=ZN(x)−ZNA(x)\widehat Z_N^A(x)=Z_N(x)-Z_N^A(x)ZNA​(x)=ZN​(x)−ZNA​(x), and ZNB≥(x)Z_N^{B\ge}(x)ZNB≥​(x) (pp. 7–9).

At macroscopic time t>0t>0t>0 and position y∈R2y\in\mathbb R^2y∈R2, the fluctuation field is

hN(t,y)=log⁡Z⌊tN⌋(⌊Ny⌋)−E[log⁡Z⌊tN⌋(0)]βN.\mathfrak h_N(t,y)=\frac{\log Z_{\lfloor tN\rfloor}(\lfloor\sqrt N y\rfloor)-\mathbb E[\log Z_{\lfloor tN\rfloor}(0)]}{\beta_N}.hN​(t,y)=βN​logZ⌊tN⌋​(⌊N​y⌋)−E[logZ⌊tN⌋​(0)]​.

The floor of a vector is componentwise. In the numerator, Z⌊tN⌋Z_{\lfloor tN\rfloor}Z⌊tN⌋​ uses the disorder strength β⌊tN⌋\beta_{\lfloor tN\rfloor}β⌊tN⌋​; the field is divided by βN\beta_NβN​, exactly as in (1.23).

Formalization targets

For every t>0t>0t>0 and smooth compactly supported test function ϕ\phiϕ, Theorem 1.6 asserts

∫R2hN(t,y)ϕ(y) dy→d⟨v(2cβ^)(t/2,⋅),ϕ⟩,cβ^=11−β^2.\int_{\mathbb R^2}\mathfrak h_N(t,y)\phi(y)\,dy\xrightarrow{d}\langle v^{(\sqrt2c_{\hat\beta})}(t/2,\cdot),\phi\rangle,\qquad c_{\hat\beta}=\sqrt{\frac1{1-\hat\beta^2}}.∫R2​hN​(t,y)ϕ(y)dyd​⟨v(2​cβ^​​)(t/2,⋅),ϕ⟩,cβ^​​=1−β^​21​​.

The tested limit is centred Gaussian. Its variance is (2cβ^)2σϕ2(t/2)(\sqrt2c_{\hat\beta})^2\sigma_\phi^2(t/2)(2​cβ^​​)2σϕ2​(t/2), where

σϕ2(s)=∬ϕ(x)Ks(x,y)ϕ(y) dx dy,Ks(x,y)=∫0se−∣x−y∣2/(4u)4πu du.\sigma_\phi^2(s)=\iint\phi(x)K_s(x,y)\phi(y)\,dx\,dy,\qquad K_s(x,y)=\int_0^s\frac{e^{-|x-y|^2/(4u)}}{4\pi u}\,du.σϕ2​(s)=∬ϕ(x)Ks​(x,y)ϕ(y)dxdy,Ks​(x,y)=∫0s​4πue−∣x−y∣2/(4u)​du.

The milestone list follows the paper's stated results: second-moment bounds (3.2)–(3.4), higher moments for some p>2p>2p>2 (3.12), a left-tail bound (Proposition 3.1) and the negative and logarithmic moments it yields (3.14)–(3.16), vanishing spatial averages for two error terms (Propositions 2.1–2.2), replacement by the late-window term (Proposition 2.3), and the Gaussian limit for that term (Proposition 2.4). These are the exact result labels used in Sections 2 and 3 (pp. 8–13).

Significance

The theorem identifies the fluctuation law of the logarithm of the polymer partition function for every β^\hat\betaβ^​ strictly below the critical value 111. The coefficient cβ^c_{\hat\beta}cβ^​​ records the disorder strength in the limiting covariance, and the time t/2t/2t/2 reflects the two-dimensional walk's covariance convention. Without the spatial averaging and normalization, the statement would concern a different observable; the theorem characterizes a field tested against compactly supported functions (Theorem 1.6 and Remark 1.7).

The result is proved in the cited paper. This mission asks for a machine-checked proof of that known result and its curated supporting statements. The reusable output includes a finite-path polymer model on Z2\mathbb Z^2Z2, a precise restricted partition function, the disorder concentration assumption, and the Gaussian covariance functional. The published atomic polymer model already supplies the space-time cells, steps, walk positions and log moment generating function; this mission extends that common base to the centred, spatially shifted model of this paper.

Difficulty

Pointwise size does not identify the limiting spatial fluctuations. The early-window partition function captures much of ZN(x)Z_N(x)ZN​(x) at a fixed site, yet its averaged logarithm vanishes at the target scale. The small remainder cannot simply be discarded: after division by the early-window function, its late-time component carries the Gaussian limit. The paper separates these effects in Propositions 2.1–2.4 and needs moment and left-tail control to keep the logarithmic expression meaningful (Sections 2–4). A direct Taylor expansion of log⁡ZN\log Z_NlogZN​ around its mean would lose this distinction.

Formalization scope

Lean uses finite sequences of four-neighbour steps and the Euclidean norm on R2\mathbb R^2R2. Disorder is a family indexed by positive walk times and lattice sites; the time-zero row of its ambient type is unused. The full and restricted partition functions are finite walk averages. The concentration assumption quantifies over Euclidean 1-Lipschitz convex functions and their medians. The test class of Theorem 1.6 is Cc∞(R2)C_c^\infty(\mathbb R^2)Cc∞​(R2); the four Section 2 propositions use Cc(R2)C_c(\mathbb R^2)Cc​(R2). Treating “smooth” as analytic would make compactly supported tests trivial, so the Lean statement uses the smooth differentiability order.

The target additive stochastic heat observable is represented by its Gaussian law and the kernel above; the random field v(c)v^{(c)}v(c) itself is not formalized, and the statement does not need it. The kernel takes extended nonnegative values because it is infinite on the diagonal; the diagonal has zero area in the tested covariance integral. Moments and L1/L2L^1/L^2L1/L2 convergence use extended nonnegative integrals. The paper assumes exponential moments only near zero, so bounds whose printed form quantifies over every NNN are stated for all sufficiently large NNN, avoiding default values of the logarithmic moment generating function at early indices. The spatial sums have finite support because the test functions do. Replacing the Euclidean norm by the sup norm would change the early window (a square instead of a disc), the kernel and the class of 1-Lipschitz functions in (1.20), so all of these are Euclidean. The polymer propositions are stated for every window exponent below a threshold, as in (2.2), and the passage from the time-1 lattice averages of Propositions 2.1–2.4 to the general-time integral of Theorem 1.6 is part of the proof work, not of the statements. Contributions to the polymer moments, left-tail estimate, replacement propositions and Gaussian limit all feed the stated goal.

Selected references

  • Francesco Caravenna, Rongfeng Sun and Nikos Zygouras, The two-dimensional KPZ equation in the entire subcritical regime, Annals of Probability 48(3), 2020; formalization source: arXiv:1812.03911v3.
  • Tom Alberts, Konstantin Khanin and Jeremy Quastel, The intermediate disorder regime for directed polymers in dimension 1+1, Annals of Probability 42(3), 2014, DOI:10.1214/13-AOP895.
12 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search IV: Under Overlapping-Assortment Search, the Full Assortment Is Optimal Once Search Is Cheap EnoughResearch Paper

Assortment planning when consumers can shop elsewhere

A retailer that decides which variants of a product to stock (its assortment) trades off the revenue each variant brings against the operational cost of carrying it. The classical model of this trade-off uses the multinomial logit (MNL) model of consumer choice: a consumer who does not like what the store offers simply buys nothing (van Ryzin & Mahajan 1999). In practice a consumer who does not like what the store offers can also go elsewhere. Cachon, Terwiesch and Xu (working paper, December 2002; published in MSOM 7(4), 2005) add this consumer search to the MNL model and ask how it changes the retailer's optimal assortment.

They study two search models. In the overlapping assortment model (§3.1), a consumer who searches pays a search cost bbb and then finds a competitor carrying every variant, so search can only reveal variants the store does not carry. This mission formalizes the paper's Theorem 6 about that model: when search is cheap, the store's best response is to carry everything.

Setting

There are nnn variants, N={1,…,n}N = \{1,\dots,n\}N={1,…,n}, and an assortment is a subset S⊆NS \subseteq NS⊆N; write Sˉ=N−S\bar S = N - SSˉ=N−S for the variants the store does not carry. A consumer's utility for variant iii is Ui=(ui−pi)+ζiU_i = (u_i - p_i) + \zeta_iUi​=(ui​−pi​)+ζi​, where ui−piu_i - p_iui​−pi​ is the variant's expected net utility and the shocks ζi\zeta_iζi​ are independent with the zero-mean Gumbel distribution function F(x)=exp⁡[−exp⁡(−(x/μ+γ))]F(x) = \exp[-\exp(-(x/\mu + \gamma))]F(x)=exp[−exp(−(x/μ+γ))], with scale μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and γ\gammaγ Euler's constant. The no-purchase option is a "faux variant" 000 with utility U0U_0U0​. Its preference is vi=exp⁡((ui−pi)/μ)>0v_i = \exp((u_i - p_i)/\mu) > 0vi​=exp((ui​−pi​)/μ)>0, and v0>0v_0 > 0v0​>0 is the preference of not buying.

Without search, variant i∈Si \in Si∈S has the MNL demand (2), qim(S)=vi/(∑k∈Svk+v0)q_i^m(S) = v_i / (\sum_{k\in S} v_k + v_0)qim​(S)=vi​/(∑k∈S​vk​+v0​). Following Theorem 1, put λ(u)=exp⁡[−(u/μ+γ)]\lambda(u) = \exp[-(u/\mu + \gamma)]λ(u)=exp[−(u/μ+γ)] and

H(u,S)=exp⁡(−λ(u)(v0+∑j∈Svj)),H(u, S) = \exp\Big(-\lambda(u)\big(v_0 + \textstyle\sum_{j\in S} v_j\big)\Big),H(u,S)=exp(−λ(u)(v0​+∑j∈S​vj​)),

the probability that every option the store offers, including not buying, has utility at most uuu. The best utility outside the store, max⁡i∈SˉUi\max_{i\in\bar S} U_imaxi∈Sˉ​Ui​, has a density w(yˉ,S)w(\bar y, S)w(yˉ​,S). A consumer whose best in-store utility is yyy searches when the expected gain exceeds the cost,

ΦS(y)=∫y∞(yˉ−y) w(yˉ,S) dyˉ ≥ b,(5)\Phi_S(y) = \int_y^\infty (\bar y - y)\, w(\bar y, S)\, d\bar y \ \ge\ b, \qquad (5)ΦS​(y)=∫y∞​(yˉ​−y)w(yˉ​,S)dyˉ​ ≥ b,(5)

and the search threshold Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is the solution of ΦS(Uˉ(S))=b\Phi_S(\bar U(S)) = bΦS​(Uˉ(S))=b, equation (4). Theorem 3 gives the resulting demand,

qiso(S)=qim(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)),i∈S, S≠N.q_i^{so}(S) = q_i^m(S)\big(1 - H(\bar U(S), S)\big), \qquad i \in S,\ S \ne N.qiso​(S)=qim​(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)),i∈S, S=N.

When the store carries everything there is nothing to search for (p. 28: "If the retailer offers the full assortment, there will be no consumer search"), so qiso(N)=qim(N)q_i^{so}(N) = q_i^m(N)qiso​(N)=qim​(N).

Variant iii earns margin mim_imi​ per unit and costs c(qi)c(q_i)c(qi​) to carry, where ccc is concave and increasing (economies of scale). The retailer's profit is

π(S)=∑i∈S[mi qiso(S)−c(qiso(S))],(1), (13).\pi(S) = \sum_{i\in S}\big[m_i\, q_i^{so}(S) - c(q_i^{so}(S))\big], \qquad (1),\ (13).π(S)=i∈S∑​[mi​qiso​(S)−c(qiso​(S))],(1), (13).

As printed, the second line of (13) writes qiso(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S))q_i^{so}(S)(1 - H(\bar U(S), S))qiso​(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)) where qim(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S))q_i^m(S)(1 - H(\bar U(S), S))qim​(S)(1−H(Uˉ(S),S)) is meant; the definition uses the latter.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 6 (p. 18)

If the full assortment is profitable, π(N)>0\pi(N) > 0π(N)>0, then there is a bˉ>0\bar b > 0bˉ>0 such that

πb(S)≤πb(N)for every S⊆N and every search cost 0<b≤bˉ.\pi_b(S) \le \pi_b(N) \qquad \text{for every } S \subseteq N \text{ and every search cost } 0 < b \le \bar b .πb​(S)≤πb​(N)for every S⊆N and every search cost 0<b≤bˉ.

The threshold bˉ\bar bbˉ depends on the data v,v0,μ,m,cv, v_0, \mu, m, cv,v0​,μ,m,c but is one number for all assortments SSS.

Milestones

  1. w(⋅,S)w(\cdot, S)w(⋅,S) is the density of max⁡i∈SˉUi\max_{i\in\bar S} U_imaxi∈Sˉ​Ui​ (proof of Theorem 3, p. 11).
  2. For S≠NS \ne NS=N, the gain ΦS(y)\Phi_S(y)ΦS​(y) is finite and strictly decreasing in yyy (proof of Theorem 3, p. 11).
  3. For S≠NS \ne NS=N and b>0b > 0b>0, Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is the unique solution of (4) (Theorem 3, p. 11).
  4. Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is strictly decreasing in bbb (proof of Theorem 6, p. 18).
  5. Uˉ(S)→−∞\bar U(S) \to -\inftyUˉ(S)→−∞ as b→∞b \to \inftyb→∞ and Uˉ(S)→∞\bar U(S) \to \inftyUˉ(S)→∞ as b→0+b \to 0^+b→0+ (p. 18).
  6. H(Uˉ(S),S)→1H(\bar U(S), S) \to 1H(Uˉ(S),S)→1 and qiso(S)→0q_i^{so}(S) \to 0qiso​(S)→0 as b→0+b \to 0^+b→0+ (p. 18).

Significance

Theorem 6 separates the overlapping model sharply from the no-search MNL model and from the paper's independent-assortment model. In those two models every variant in an optimal assortment must earn a strictly positive profit, because dropping a loss-making variant only shifts demand to the remaining ones. In the overlapping model the assortment also controls whether consumers leave: carrying an unprofitable variant can pay because it removes a reason to search. Theorem 6 is the extreme form of this effect, stating that the motive to prevent search can override the profitability of individual variants entirely (§4.3, p. 17).

The paper gives only a short sketch of the proof. The steps it asserts without proof are the existence and uniqueness of Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S), its monotonicity and limits in bbb, and the explicit density www. This mission states each of them as a milestone. No machine-checked version of any of these results is known.

Difficulty

The search threshold Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is defined only implicitly, through an improper integral of the density of a maximum of Gumbel variables. Each property the theorem needs (that the equation has exactly one root, that the root moves monotonically with bbb, and that it escapes to +∞+\infty+∞ as b→0b \to 0b→0) has to be read off the integral. That means controlling ΦS\Phi_SΦS​ on the whole real line: its convergence, its strict decrease, and its limits at ±∞\pm\infty±∞.

The final comparison is not a direct consequence of qiso(S)→0q_i^{so}(S) \to 0qiso​(S)→0 either. A variant's profit miq−c(q)m_i q - c(q)mi​q−c(q) tends to −c(0)-c(0)−c(0) rather than to 000, so the conclusion depends on the sign of c(0)c(0)c(0), and bˉ\bar bbˉ must be chosen uniformly over all 2n2^n2n assortments.

Formalization scope

The shared model is the definition AssortSearch.FullAssort.Model, which builds on the published MNL share RetailVariety.Structure.share. Its conventions:

  • Variants are Fin n, numbered from 0; the paper's variant iii is index i−1i-1i−1. The no-purchase option is not a variant: v0v_0v0​ is a separate positive real.
  • Preferences vi>0v_i > 0vi​>0, v0>0v_0 > 0v0​>0 and the scale μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 are free data ("for any given set of preference"). γ\gammaγ is Real.eulerMascheroniConstant.
  • Assortments are arbitrary Finset (Fin n), including ∅\emptyset∅, whose profit is 000.
  • w(yˉ,S)w(\bar y, S)w(yˉ​,S) is given by its explicit formula (VˉS/μ) λ(yˉ)exp⁡(−λ(yˉ)VˉS)(\bar V_S/\mu)\,\lambda(\bar y)\exp(-\lambda(\bar y)\bar V_S)(VˉS​/μ)λ(yˉ​)exp(−λ(yˉ​)VˉS​) with VˉS=∑i∈Sˉvi\bar V_S = \sum_{i\in\bar S} v_iVˉS​=∑i∈Sˉ​vi​. Milestone 1 proves that it is the density of the maximum.
  • ΦS(u)\Phi_S(u)ΦS​(u) is the Lebesgue integral over (u,∞)(u, \infty)(u,∞). Its integrability is part of milestone 2, so no result relies on Lean's value 000 for a non-integrable function.
  • Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) is defined as inf⁡{u:ΦS(u)≤b}\inf\{u : \Phi_S(u) \le b\}inf{u:ΦS​(u)≤b}; milestone 3 proves that it solves (4). The demand for S=NS = NS=N is the no-search MNL share, and Uˉ(N)\bar U(N)Uˉ(N) is never used.
  • The cost c:R→Rc : \mathbb R \to \mathbb Rc:R→R is concave and monotone on [0,1][0,1][0,1], where all demands lie. The hypothesis c(0)≥0c(0) \ge 0c(0)≥0 is added to Theorem 6; without it the theorem fails (a counterexample is in the goal's statement).
  • Search costs are positive: 0<b≤bˉ0 < b \le \bar b0<b≤bˉ.
  • The margins mim_imi​ are reals that satisfy §3's standing assumption of monotone margins (p. 6): mj≥mkm_j \ge m_kmj​≥mk​ whenever vj≥vkv_j \ge v_kvj​≥vk​ (equivalently uj−pj≥uk−pku_j - p_j \ge u_k - p_kuj​−pj​≥uk​−pk​). §3's labelling of variants by decreasing net utility is a labelling without loss of generality and is not encoded, since assortments are arbitrary subsets.

Several formalizations would make the goal trivial or empty, and each is excluded:

  • taking Uˉ(S)\bar U(S)Uˉ(S) as a free parameter instead of the solution of (4);
  • concluding ∃bˉ\exists \bar b∃bˉ without bˉ>0\bar b > 0bˉ>0;
  • defining qso(N)q^{so}(N)qso(N) through a junk value of Uˉ(N)\bar U(N)Uˉ(N);
  • dropping the hypothesis π(N)>0\pi(N) > 0π(N)>0;
  • fixing a specific cost function.

A complete development needs the integral calculus of the Gumbel tail (∫u∞(yˉ−u)w\int_u^\infty (\bar y - u) w∫u∞​(yˉ​−u)w and its derivative in uuu) and the product-measure computation of the law of a maximum of independent variables. Both are reusable beyond this paper, for instance in other search and extreme-value models. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, and on helper lemmas such as the continuity of ΦS\Phi_SΦS​ and its limits at ±∞\pm\infty±∞.

Selected references

  • G. P. Cachon, C. Terwiesch, Y. Xu, Retail Assortment Planning in the Presence of Consumer Search, Wharton working paper, December 20, 2002; published in Manufacturing & Service Operations Management 7(4):330–346, 2005. https://doi.org/10.1287/msom.1050.0088
  • G. van Ryzin, S. Mahajan, On the Relationship Between Inventory Costs and Variety Benefits in Retail Assortments, Management Science 45(11):1496–1509, 1999. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.45.11.1496
  • D. McFadden, Conditional Logit Analysis of Qualitative Choice Behavior, in P. Zarembka (ed.), Frontiers in Econometrics, Academic Press, 1974.
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Graphon Mean Field Systems V: On Percolated Graphs Sampled From a Lipschitz Graphon the Mean-Square Error Is at Most κ(q)/(nβₙ)^{1/q}Research Paper

Motivation

Large systems of interacting diffusions — neurons, oscillators, agents in a network game, particles in a queueing or load-balancing model — are usually analysed through their mean-field limit: as the population grows, each particle interacts with the empirical law of the others, and the system is replaced by a single nonlinear (McKean–Vlasov) equation. The classical theory assumes that every particle interacts with every other one with the same strength. Real networks are heterogeneous and sparse: particle iii interacts with particle jjj only through an edge of a random graph, and the number of neighbours of a particle is much smaller than the population size.

Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu (Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5), 2023) describe the heterogeneity by a graphon and prove laws of large numbers and rates of convergence for such systems. This mission is the fifth of a series formalizing that paper. Its subject is the paper's quantitative result for not-so-dense graphs: when the edges are sampled from a Lipschitz graphon and then thinned by a sparsity factor βn\beta_nβn​, the average mean-square distance between each particle and its graphon limit is of order (nβn)−1/q(n\beta_n)^{-1/q}(nβn​)−1/q for every q>1q>1q>1.

Setting

Let I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1] with Lebesgue measure. A graphon is a measurable symmetric function G:I×I→[0,1]G:I\times I\to[0,1]G:I×I→[0,1]. Fix a horizon T>0T>0T>0 and write Cd=C([0,T]:Rd)\mathcal C_d=C([0,T]:\mathbb R^d)Cd​=C([0,T]:Rd) with the norm ∥x∥∗,T=sup⁡0≤s≤T∣xs∣\|x\|_{*,T}=\sup_{0\le s\le T}|x_s|∥x∥∗,T​=sup0≤s≤T​∣xs​∣.

One probability space carries, for every label u∈Iu\in Iu∈I, an initial state Xu(0)X_u(0)Xu​(0) with law μu(0)\mu_u(0)μu​(0) and a standard ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BuB_uBu​, the whole family {Xu(0),Bu:u∈I}\{X_u(0),B_u:u\in I\}{Xu​(0),Bu​:u∈I} being independent. The limit system (4.2) is a continuum of diffusions, one per label:

Xu(t)=Xu(0)+∫0t ⁣∫I ⁣∫Rdb(Xu(s),x) G(u,v) μv,s(dx) dv ds+∫0tσ(Xu(s)) dBu(s),μu,t=L(Xu(t)).X_u(t)=X_u(0)+\int_0^t\!\int_I\!\int_{\mathbb R^d}b(X_u(s),x)\,G(u,v)\,\mu_{v,s}(dx)\,dv\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(X_u(s))\,dB_u(s),\qquad \mu_{u,t}=\mathcal L(X_u(t)).Xu​(t)=Xu​(0)+∫0t​∫I​∫Rd​b(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v)μv,s​(dx)dvds+∫0t​σ(Xu​(s))dBu​(s),μu,t​=L(Xu​(t)).

The particles are independent but not identically distributed; their laws are coupled through the dvdvdv-integral.

The not-so-dense nnn-particle system (4.1) uses the same initial states and Brownian motions at the labels i/ni/ni/n:

Xin(t)=Xi/n(0)+∫0t1nβn∑j=1nξijn b(Xin(s),Xjn(s)) ds+∫0tσ(Xin(s)) dBi/n(s),i=1,…,n.X^n_i(t)=X_{i/n}(0)+\int_0^t\frac{1}{n\beta_n}\sum_{j=1}^n\xi^n_{ij}\,b(X^n_i(s),X^n_j(s))\,ds+\int_0^t\sigma(X^n_i(s))\,dB_{i/n}(s),\qquad i=1,\dots,n.Xin​(t)=Xi/n​(0)+∫0t​nβn​1​j=1∑n​ξijn​b(Xin​(s),Xjn​(s))ds+∫0t​σ(Xin​(s))dBi/n​(s),i=1,…,n.

The edges are percolated samples of GGG (Condition 4.3): ξijn=ξjin∼Bernoulli(βnG(i/n,j/n))\xi^n_{ij}=\xi^n_{ji}\sim\mathrm{Bernoulli}(\beta_nG(i/n,j/n))ξijn​=ξjin​∼Bernoulli(βn​G(i/n,j/n)), independent for 1≤i≤j≤n1\le i\le j\le n1≤i≤j≤n and independent of the noise. A particle has about nβnn\beta_nnβn​ neighbours, which is why the interaction is scaled by 1/(nβn)1/(n\beta_n)1/(nβn​).

The standing hypotheses are Condition 4.1 — u↦μu(0)u\mapsto\mu_u(0)u↦μu​(0) measurable with bounded second moments; bbb bounded and Lipschitz; σ\sigmaσ bounded, Lipschitz and invertible with bounded inverse; βn∈(0,1]\beta_n\in(0,1]βn​∈(0,1] and nβn→∞n\beta_n\to\inftynβn​→∞ — and Condition 2.3: on finitely many intervals I1,…,INI_1,\dots,I_NI1​,…,IN​ covering III, the map u↦μu(0)u\mapsto\mu_u(0)u↦μu​(0) is Lipschitz in the Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​, and GGG is Lipschitz on every block Ii×IjI_i\times I_jIi​×Ij​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.2

Under Conditions 2.3, 4.1 and 4.3, for each q∈(1,∞)q\in(1,\infty)q∈(1,∞) there is κ(q)∈(0,∞)\kappa(q)\in(0,\infty)κ(q)∈(0,∞) with

1n∑i=1nE∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,T2≤κ(q)(nβn)1/qfor all n∈N.\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^n\mathbb E\big\|X^n_i-X_{i/n}\big\|_{*,T}^2\le\frac{\kappa(q)}{(n\beta_n)^{1/q}}\qquad\text{for all }n\in\mathbb N .n1​i=1∑n​E​Xin​−Xi/n​​∗,T2​≤(nβn​)1/qκ(q)​for all n∈N.

The constant depends on qqq and on the data, never on nnn. The bound is on the average over particles, not on the maximum.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 7.1: all moments of the coupling error are bounded uniformly in nnn and iii.
  2. (7.10): E[ξijn∣Xjn(s)−Xj/n(s)∣2]≤(2E∣Xjn(s)−Xj/n(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn)−1/q)βnG(i/n,j/n)\mathbb E[\xi^n_{ij}|X^n_j(s)-X_{j/n}(s)|^2]\le\big(2\mathbb E|X^n_j(s)-X_{j/n}(s)|^2+\kappa(q)(n\beta_n)^{-1/q}\big)\beta_nG(i/n,j/n)E[ξijn​∣Xjn​(s)−Xj/n​(s)∣2]≤(2E∣Xjn​(s)−Xj/n​(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn​)−1/q)βn​G(i/n,j/n).
  3. (7.15): the interaction error Rsn,2R^{n,2}_sRsn,2​ is at most (κ/n)∑jE∣Xjn(s)−Xj/n(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn)−1/q(\kappa/n)\sum_j\mathbb E|X^n_j(s)-X_{j/n}(s)|^2+\kappa(q)(n\beta_n)^{-1/q}(κ/n)∑j​E∣Xjn​(s)−Xj/n​(s)∣2+κ(q)(nβn​)−1/q.
  4. Theorem 2.1(b) for (4.2): W2,T(μu,μv)≤κ∣u−v∣W_{2,T}(\mu_u,\mu_v)\le\kappa|u-v|W2,T​(μu​,μv​)≤κ∣u−v∣ for u,vu,vu,v in one interval IiI_iIi​.
  5. §7.3 display: the discretization error Rsn,4R^{n,4}_sRsn,4​ is at most κ/n2\kappa/n^2κ/n2.

Significance

Theorem 4.2 gives an explicit rate for the convergence of a particle system on a sparse random graph to its graphon limit. Its companion, Theorem 4.1 (mission IV), proves the law of large numbers under weaker hypotheses but without a rate. The rate says that the effective sample size is nβnn\beta_nnβn​, the typical degree, not nnn: graphs with βn→0\beta_n\to0βn​→0 still approximate the graphon system as long as the degree grows. Results of this type justify replacing a large heterogeneous network by its graphon limit in control and game problems, such as graphon mean-field games, where the error of the replacement must be quantified.

The paper proves the theorem by hand; none of its results has a machine-checked proof. The formalization produces precise statements of the not-so-dense model, of the estimates of §7.1 that hold for any sparsity, and of the discretization bound, each usable on its own. The milestones (7.10) and (7.15) are the paper's key estimates for sparse interactions and are shared with mission IV.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to compare each XinX^n_iXin​ with Xi/nX_{i/n}Xi/n​ by Gronwall's inequality, after bounding the difference of drifts. That step fails at the interaction term: the edge ξijn\xi^n_{ij}ξijn​ and the error Xjn−Xj/nX^n_j-X_{j/n}Xjn​−Xj/n​ are dependent, because the edge enters the dynamics of particle jjj. A plain Cauchy–Schwarz bound loses a factor 1/βn1/\beta_n1/βn​ and gives nothing when βn→0\beta_n\to0βn​→0. Estimates (7.10) and (7.15) quantify how weak this dependence is, and they are where the hypotheses that σ\sigmaσ is invertible with bounded inverse and that nβn→∞n\beta_n\to\inftynβn​→∞ are needed. The discretization term needs the Lipschitz regularity of the limit laws in the label (Theorem 2.1(b)), itself a fixed-point estimate on a space of measure-valued maps.

Formalization scope

The Lean development uses Mathlib's unitInterval for III, Fin d → ℝ with its sup norm for Rd\mathbb R^dRd (all constants are existential, so the choice of norm does not matter), time ℝ≥0, and the path space Cd\mathcal C_dCd​ as continuous maps on [0,T][0,T][0,T] with the sup norm. Brownian motions, Itô integrals and Itô processes are those of the published Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic; Wasserstein distances are the published WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance, valued in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. Particle iii is Lean's i : Fin n with label (i+1)/n(i+1)/n(i+1)/n.

Committed conventions:

  • A solution of (4.2) has continuous paths, AE-measurable path maps, and path laws in the class M\mathcal MM (measurable in uuu, bounded second moments); each XuX_uXu​ is a strong solution for the filtration of (Xu(0),Bu)(X_u(0),B_u)(Xu​(0),Bu​). A solution of (4.1) is a strong solution for the filtration of the edges, the initial states and the Brownian motions of the nnn labels.
  • The edges are {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}-valued, symmetric, with the diagonal included, mutually independent over i≤ji\le ji≤j, and independent of the σ-algebra of the noise.
  • Condition 4.1(d) is required for n≥1n\ge1n≥1; the invertibility of σ\sigmaσ is that of a d×dd\times dd×d matrix; the intervals of Condition 2.3 are order-connected subsets of III.
  • Expectations of nonnegative quantities are lower Lebesgue integrals, so no expectation is silently 000 for a non-integrable integrand.

The solution predicates are not vacuous: the zero-coefficient system Xu(t)=Xu(0)X_u(t)=X_u(0)Xu​(t)=Xu​(0) satisfies both, Condition 4.1 and Condition 4.3 are satisfiable, and every statement quantifies over solutions rather than assuming the conclusion. The constant κ(q)\kappa(q)κ(q) is chosen after qqq and before nnn, so it cannot depend on nnn, and the bound is the paper's average over iii, not a weaker or a stronger form. At n=0n=0n=0 both sides of every rate are 000.

The paper's proofs are in its §5 (Theorem 2.1), §7.1 (Lemma 7.1, (7.10), (7.15)) and §7.3 (Theorem 4.2). Stochastic analysis at that level — Burkholder–Davis–Gundy and Rosenthal inequalities, Girsanov's theorem for these SDEs, Gronwall arguments for measure-valued fixed points — is mostly absent from Mathlib, and contributions of such infrastructure are welcome, as are proofs of any milestone.

Selected references

  • E. Bayraktar, S. Chakraborty, R. Wu, Graphon mean field systems, Ann. Appl. Probab. 33(5):3587–3619, 2023. https://doi.org/10.1214/22-AAP1901
  • L. Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, AMS Colloquium Publications 60, 2012. https://doi.org/10.1090/coll/060
  • B. Bollobás, C. Borgs, J. Chayes, O. Riordan, Percolation on dense graph sequences, Ann. Probab. 38(1):150–183, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1214/09-AOP478
  • S. Peng, A general stochastic maximum principle for optimal control problems, SIAM J. Control Optim. 28(4):966–979, 1990. https://doi.org/10.1137/0328054
11 thms1 active userReviewed
Operations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin-Whitt Regime 1: Diffusion-Scaled Stationary Queue Lengths Have Expectations Bounded Uniformly in nResearch Paper

Motivation

Join-the-shortest-queue (JSQ) is the load-balancing rule in which each arriving job is sent to a server with the fewest jobs. It is a baseline in the design of server farms and data centers, and in the many-server Halfin–Whitt regime, where the load per server approaches one at rate 1/n1/\sqrt n1/n​, it combines near-full utilization with vanishing waiting. Eschenfeldt and Gamarnik (arXiv:1502.00999, 2015) proved that the suitably scaled JSQ process converges, over bounded time intervals, to a two-dimensional reflected diffusion; Mukherjee, Borst, van Leeuwaarden and Whiting (J. Appl. Probab. 53, 2016) gave the form of the result that Braverman quotes as Theorem 1. Process-level convergence over bounded time intervals says nothing about the stationary distribution. To conclude that the stationary distributions converge as well, one needs tightness of the scaled stationary distributions, uniformly in the number of servers nnn.

Braverman (arXiv:1801.05121, Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020) supplied this, together with positive recurrence of the diffusion limit. This mission formalizes the first of the two main results, Theorem 2, and the chain of lemmas the paper uses to prove it.

Setting

There are nnn identical servers, each with its own infinite buffer. Jobs arrive as a Poisson process of rate nλn\lambdanλ and service times are i.i.d. exponential with mean one. An arriving job joins a server with the fewest jobs, ties broken arbitrarily. The Halfin–Whitt regime is

λ=1−β/n,β>0 fixed.\lambda = 1 - \beta/\sqrt n,\qquad \beta > 0 \text{ fixed}.λ=1−β/n​,β>0 fixed.

For i≥1i \ge 1i≥1, QiQ_iQi​ is the number of servers with at least iii jobs. The process Q=(Q1,Q2,… )Q = (Q_1, Q_2, \dots)Q=(Q1​,Q2​,…) is a continuous-time Markov chain on

S={q∈{0,1,…,n}∞ ∣ qi≥qi+1, ∑iqi<∞}.S = \Big\{ q \in \{0,1,\dots,n\}^\infty \ \Big|\ q_i \ge q_{i+1},\ \textstyle\sum_i q_i < \infty \Big\}.S={q∈{0,1,…,n}∞ ​ qi​≥qi+1​, ∑i​qi​<∞}.

Its generator GQG_QGQ​ sends qqq to q+e(i)q + e^{(i)}q+e(i) at rate nλn\lambdanλ when q1=⋯=qi−1=n>qiq_1 = \dots = q_{i-1} = n > q_iq1​=⋯=qi−1​=n>qi​, and to q−e(i)q - e^{(i)}q−e(i) at rate qi−qi+1q_i - q_{i+1}qi​−qi+1​. The fluid-scaled coordinates are X1=(Q1−n)/n≤0X_1 = (Q_1 - n)/n \le 0X1​=(Q1​−n)/n≤0, the negative of the fraction of idle servers, and Xi=Qi/nX_i = Q_i/nXi​=Qi​/n for i≥2i \ge 2i≥2. The diffusion-scaled coordinates are nXi\sqrt n X_in​Xi​. Expectations E\mathbb EE are taken under a stationary distribution π\piπ of the chain.

The proof works with functions on Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞)\Omega = (-\infty, 0] \times [0, \infty)Ω=(−∞,0]×[0,∞) and with the first-order operator

Lf(x)=(−x1+x2−β/n)f1(x)−x2f2(x),Lf(x) = (-x_1 + x_2 - \beta/\sqrt n) f_1(x) - x_2 f_2(x),Lf(x)=(−x1​+x2​−β/n​)f1​(x)−x2​f2​(x),

where fif_ifi​ is the partial derivative in xix_ixi​, taken one-sided on ∂Ω\partial\Omega∂Ω.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2

For each β>0\beta > 0β>0 there is a constant C(β)C(\beta)C(β) such that for all n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 with β<n\beta < \sqrt nβ<n​ and every stationary distribution,

E∣nXi∣≤C(β),  i=1,2,E∣nXi∣≤C(β),  i≥3.\mathbb E\big|\sqrt n X_i\big| \le C(\beta),\ \ i = 1, 2,\qquad \mathbb E\big|n X_i\big| \le C(\beta),\ \ i \ge 3.E​n​Xi​​≤C(β),  i=1,2,E​nXi​​≤C(β),  i≥3.

The constant depends on β\betaβ only, not on nnn, the stationary distribution, or iii.

Milestones, in the order the proof uses them

  1. Lemma 1: E GQf(Q)=0\mathbb E\,G_Q f(Q) = 0EGQ​f(Q)=0 whenever E∣f(Q)∣<∞\mathbb E|f(Q)| < \inftyE∣f(Q)∣<∞.
  2. Lemma 2: EQ1=nλ\mathbb E Q_1 = n\lambdaEQ1​=nλ and EQi=nλ P(Q1=⋯=Qi−1=n)\mathbb E Q_i = n\lambda\,\mathbb P(Q_1 = \dots = Q_{i-1} = n)EQi​=nλP(Q1​=⋯=Qi−1​=n).
  3. Lemma 3: the generator, applied to f(x1,x2)f(x_1, x_2)f(x1​,x2​), equals Lf(x)+(f2−f1)(x)λ1(x1=0)+ε(x)Lf(x) + (f_2 - f_1)(x)\lambda 1(x_1 = 0) + \varepsilon(x)Lf(x)+(f2​−f1​)(x)λ1(x1​=0)+ε(x) with an explicit remainder ε\varepsilonε built from second weak derivatives.
  4. Lemmas 5 and 6: the curve Γ(κ)\Gamma^{(\kappa)}Γ(κ) and the hitting time τ(x)\tau(x)τ(x) of the fluid model; existence and uniqueness, finiteness, derivative formulas and monotonicity in κ\kappaκ.
  5. Lemma 7 and Lemma 4: for κ>β\kappa > \betaκ>β, the explicit function f∗f^*f∗ of (4.14) solves
Lf(x)=−((x2−κ/n)∨0) on Ω,f1(0,x2)=f2(0,x2),Lf(x) = -\big((x_2 - \kappa/\sqrt n)\vee 0\big)\ \text{on } \Omega,\qquad f_1(0, x_2) = f_2(0, x_2),Lf(x)=−((x2​−κ/n​)∨0) on Ω,f1​(0,x2​)=f2​(0,x2​),

with f11∗,f12∗,f22∗≥0f^*_{11}, f^*_{12}, f^*_{22} \ge 0f11∗​,f12∗​,f22∗​≥0, vanishing second derivatives for x2≤κ/nx_2 \le \kappa/\sqrt nx2​≤κ/n​, and explicit upper bounds of order n/β\sqrt n/\betan​/β above that level. 6. (3.18): E((X2−κ/n)∨0)≤1βn(12+6κκ−β)P(X2≥κ/n−1/n)\mathbb E\big((X_2 - \kappa/\sqrt n)\vee 0\big) \le \frac{1}{\beta\sqrt n}\big(12 + \frac{6\kappa}{\kappa - \beta}\big)\mathbb P(X_2 \ge \kappa/\sqrt n - 1/n)E((X2​−κ/n​)∨0)≤βn​1​(12+κ−β6κ​)P(X2​≥κ/n​−1/n). 7. Theorem 2, (2.2): the i=1,2i = 1, 2i=1,2 half of the goal.

Significance

Theorem 2 shows that in steady state the number of idle servers and the number of servers holding two or more jobs are O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​) on average, and the number of servers holding i≥3i \ge 3i≥3 jobs is O(1)O(1)O(1) on average, uniformly in nnn. Combined with the process-level limit and the positive recurrence of the limiting diffusion (Theorem 3, the companion mission), it yields Proposition 1: the diffusion-scaled stationary distribution converges to the stationary distribution of the diffusion. This justifies the diffusion as a steady-state approximation for JSQ.

The method is the generator-comparison or Stein's-method approach: a Lyapunov function solving a first-order PDE for the fluid model, with explicit bounds on its derivatives. It applies to other many-server systems, and the paper is an example of that approach on an infinite-dimensional chain whose diffusion limit is two-dimensional.

The result is proved in the paper; no machine-checked proof is known to exist. The work remaining is to formalize the known proof: the adjoint relation for a countable-state chain with bounded rates, the Taylor expansion of the generator, and the explicit analysis of f∗f^*f∗ through the fluid curves.

Difficulty

The obvious route is to bound P(Q1=⋯=Qi−1=n)\mathbb P(Q_1 = \dots = Q_{i-1} = n)P(Q1​=⋯=Qi−1​=n) in Lemma 2 directly. The paper notes that no good handle on these probabilities exists. The PDE route needs a solution whose second derivatives are bounded by O(n)O(\sqrt n)O(n​). General results that give such bounds require a continuous fluid vector field, and the JSQ fluid model is discontinuous because of the reflection at x1=0x_1 = 0x1​=0. So f∗f^*f∗ is constructed explicitly from the fluid paths, and its derivatives must be bounded by hand through the implicitly defined τ(x)\tau(x)τ(x) and ν∗(x1)\nu^*(x_1)ν∗(x1​).

A second difficulty is dimensional: the chain is infinite-dimensional while the PDE is two-dimensional, so the remainder of Lemma 3 contains a term with q3q_3q3​ that is controlled only by combining Lemma 2 with the monotonicity of f2∗f^*_2f2∗​.

Formalization scope

  • Model. States are functions ℕ → ℕ with 0-based indices: Lean q.1 i is the paper's qi+1q_{i+1}qi+1​, so the goal's "i≥3i \ge 3i≥3" is Lean index ≥2\ge 2≥2. Each state is bounded by nnn, nonincreasing and eventually zero. The generator genQ is the displayed formula on p. 6.
  • Stationarity. No process is constructed. A stationary distribution is a probability π\piπ on SSS satisfying global balance πGQ=0\pi G_Q = 0πGQ​=0, which characterizes stationarity for this chain with bounded rates. Such a π\piπ exists, since the chain is positive recurrent for λ<1\lambda < 1λ<1 (Bramson 2011), so statements quantifying over it are not vacuous. Expectations are sums against π\piπ. Lemma 1 keeps its integrability hypothesis, and all other expectations are of bounded functions.
  • Parameters. λ=1−β/n\lambda = 1 - \beta/\sqrt nλ=1−β/n​ with 0<β<n0 < \beta < \sqrt n0<β<n​, so that λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0; λ\lambdaλ is free in Lemmas 1–2. Constants are quantified as ∃C\exists C∃C after β\betaβ and before nnn.
  • Misprint. The printed Theorem 2 omits E\mathbb EE. Read as an almost-sure bound it is false, so the expectation version, which the paper proves, is the target.
  • Derivatives. Points of Ω\OmegaΩ are pairs in ℝ × ℝ. Partial derivatives are named functions asserted to be one-sided derivatives along coordinate lines (HasDerivWithinAt on Set.Iic 0 or Set.Ici 0). Weak second derivatives are a.e. derivatives of absolutely continuous functions, in integral form on compact intervals. A "solution" of the PDE whose derivatives are the junk values of a derivative operator is thereby excluded. The PDE needs genuine derivatives, and Lemma 7 is about the explicit f∗f^*f∗ of (4.14), not about an arbitrary function.
  • Fluid objects. ν∗,η∗\nu^*, \eta^*ν∗,η∗ are the components of the unique solution of (4.8). τ\tauτ is valued in WithTop ℝ, with ∞\infty∞ as ⊤, so a missing solution is never read as 000. f∗f^*f∗ is an if cascade, and Lemma 7 states the agreement of its branches. f∗f^*f∗ is defined by the closed form (4.14), not through the fluid model (4.1).
  • Not included. Lemma 9 (via the Lambert W function, which Mathlib lacks), the bootstrapping argument of App. A.4 (not a numbered result), Theorems 1 and 3, and Proposition 1.

Contributions of reusable infrastructure are welcome: the adjoint relation for countable-state chains with bounded rates, and FTC/Taylor lemmas for absolutely continuous first derivatives.

Selected references

  • A. Braverman, Steady-State Analysis of the Join-the-Shortest-Queue Model in the Halfin–Whitt Regime, Math. Oper. Res. 45(3), 2020; arXiv:1801.05121v2. https://arxiv.org/abs/1801.05121
  • P. Eschenfeldt, D. Gamarnik, Join the Shortest Queue with Many Servers. The Heavy Traffic Asymptotics, arXiv preprint, 2015. https://arxiv.org/abs/1502.00999
  • D. Mukherjee, S. C. Borst, J. S. H. van Leeuwaarden, P. A. Whiting, Universality of Load Balancing Schemes on the Diffusion Scale, J. Appl. Probab. 53, 1111–1124, 2016. https://projecteuclid.org/euclid.jap/1481132840
  • M. Bramson, Stability of Join the Shortest Queue Networks, Ann. Appl. Probab. 21, 1568–1625, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1214/10-AAP726
  • S. Halfin, W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Oper. Res. 29(3), 1981. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
17 thms1 active userReviewed
Graph TheoryOperations ResearchStochastic Systems·Captain: mikedeng1

Graphon Mean Field Systems IV: Law of Large Numbers for Particle Systems on Percolated Not-So-Dense Graphs With nβₙ → ∞Research Paper

Motivation

Large networks are often modeled through a graphon, a measurable function that records how likely two labeled vertices are to interact. For interacting diffusions, this lets one ask whether a finite random network has a predictable population limit. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu study that question for graphon weighted systems, including graphs obtained by independently retaining potential edges with a sparsity parameter βn\beta_nβn​. Their not-so-dense regime allows βn\beta_nβn​ to decrease, provided the typical interaction scale nβnn\beta_nnβn​ diverges. Theorem 4.1 is the paper's law of large numbers for this regime; its two conclusions distinguish convergence of the population's empirical law from mean-square closeness of each particle to a coupled graphon limit. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023.

The authors present three main convergence results: continuity of the continuum graphon system in Section 2, a dense-system law of large numbers in Section 3, and the percolated-system law of large numbers in Section 4. Section 7 establishes the latter. The graphon and cut-metric framework used here follows the graph-limit treatment cited by the paper. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023; Lovász, 2012.

Setting

Let I=[0,1]I=[0,1]I=[0,1]. A graphon is a symmetric measurable G:I2→[0,1]G:I^2\to[0,1]G:I2→[0,1]. The cut norm ∥W∥□\|W\|_\square∥W∥□​ measures the largest absolute integral of WWW over a measurable rectangle S×US\times US×U. A sequence of step graphons GnG_nGn​ approaches GGG when ∥Gn−G∥□→0\|G_n-G\|_\square\to0∥Gn​−G∥□​→0. The related operator norm ∥W∥∞→1\|W\|_{\infty\to1}∥W∥∞→1​ measures the effect of WWW on bounded measurable functions. Remark 2.1 says cut convergence implies convergence in this operator norm. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Remark 2.1.

Fix a dimension d≥1d\ge1d≥1 and horizon T>0T>0T>0. A label u∈Iu\in Iu∈I has an initial state Xu(0)∈RdX_u(0)\in\mathbb R^dXu​(0)∈Rd and an independent ddd-dimensional Brownian motion BuB_uBu​. The initial states are independent of each other and of the Brownian motions. The limiting graphon particle XuX_uXu​ is a continuous path whose drift averages b(Xu(s),x)G(u,v)b(X_u(s),x)G(u,v)b(Xu​(s),x)G(u,v) against the time-sss laws of all labels vvv, and whose diffusion matrix is σ(Xu(s))\sigma(X_u(s))σ(Xu​(s)). The time-sss law at label vvv is μv,s=L(Xv(s))\mu_{v,s}=\mathcal L(X_v(s))μv,s​=L(Xv​(s)). The family of path laws μu=L(Xu)\mu_u=\mathcal L(X_u)μu​=L(Xu​) is measurable in uuu and has uniformly bounded second moments. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, (4.2).

For nnn particles, label iii means i/ni/ni/n, with 1≤i≤n1\le i\le n1≤i≤n. Each undirected edge weight ξijn=ξjin\xi^n_{ij}=\xi^n_{ji}ξijn​=ξjin​ is Bernoulli with mean βnGn(i/n,j/n)\beta_nG_n(i/n,j/n)βn​Gn​(i/n,j/n); diagonal weights are included. These edge variables are independent of the Brownian motions and initial states. The finite particle XinX_i^nXin​ uses the same initial state and Brownian motion as Xi/nX_{i/n}Xi/n​. Its drift is the sum of ξijnb(Xin,Xjn)\xi^n_{ij}b(X_i^n,X_j^n)ξijn​b(Xin​,Xjn​) divided by nβnn\beta_nnβn​; its diffusion is σ(Xin)\sigma(X_i^n)σ(Xin​). The coefficients bbb and σ\sigmaσ are bounded and Lipschitz, and σ(x)\sigma(x)σ(x) is invertible with uniformly bounded inverse. Initial laws have uniformly bounded second moments, 0<βn≤10<\beta_n\le10<βn​≤1, and nβn→∞n\beta_n\to\inftynβn​→∞. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Conditions 4.1–4.2.

Formalization targets

Let Cd=C([0,T];Rd)\mathcal C_d=C([0,T];\mathbb R^d)Cd​=C([0,T];Rd), μn=n−1∑i=1nδXin\mu^n=n^{-1}\sum_{i=1}^{n}\delta_{X_i^n}μn=n−1∑i=1n​δXin​​, and μˉ=∫Iμu du\bar\mu=\int_I\mu_u\,duμˉ​=∫I​μu​du. The main target, Theorem 4.1, first asserts convergence in probability in the weak topology on P(Cd)\mathcal P(\mathcal C_d)P(Cd​):

μn→Pμˉ.\mu^n\xrightarrow{\mathbb P}\bar\mu.μnP​μˉ​.

This uses Condition 2.2(a): on each of finitely many intervals covering III, the initial law varies continuously in Wasserstein distance W2W_2W2​. If the graphon also satisfies Condition 2.2(b), its stated sectional continuity outside null sets, the theorem adds

1n∑i=1nE∥Xin−Xi/n∥∗,T2⟶0,∥x∥∗,T=sup⁡0≤s≤T∣xs∣.\frac1n\sum_{i=1}^{n}\mathbb E\|X_i^n-X_{i/n}\|_{*,T}^2\longrightarrow0, \qquad \|x\|_{*,T}=\sup_{0\le s\le T}|x_s|.n1​i=1∑n​E∥Xin​−Xi/n​∥∗,T2​⟶0,∥x∥∗,T​=0≤s≤Tsup​∣xs​∣.

The milestones record the paper's cut-to-operator observation, uniform coupling moments, the one-edge and two-edge estimates, the bound on the second interaction-error term, the quantitative coupling lemma, and the empirical law of large numbers for the independent limiting particles. The second displayed limit is conditional on 2.2(b); the first is not. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Theorem 4.1.

Significance

The first conclusion identifies the population-level limit even when the sampled network has a decreasing edge-retention probability. It gives a deterministic law on path space, rather than only a limit at one time. The second conclusion is stronger: it compares each finite particle with the limiting particle built from the same initial state and Brownian motion, averaged over all labels. This comparison is available when the extra graphon continuity assumption holds. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Theorem 4.1 and Remark 4.1.

The mathematical results were proved in the published paper. The present mission asks for machine-checked Lean proofs of its specified statements; the draft theorems themselves currently contain sorry. Reusable outputs would include the percolated-edge model, a path-law formulation of graphon diffusions, and estimates for random interactions that depend on the particle states they influence. The paper's proofs appear in Sections 5–7, with the sparse-system argument in Section 7. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023.

Difficulty

The edge variables are independent of the driving noise, but a particle's state depends on its incident edges. Therefore an expression such as E[ξijn∣Xjn−Xj/n∣2]\mathbb E[\xi^n_{ij}|X_j^n-X_{j/n}|^2]E[ξijn​∣Xjn​−Xj/n​∣2] cannot be factored into the edge mean times the error moment. The same dependence affects pairs of edges in the squared interaction sum. Equations (7.10), (7.14), and (7.15) quantify the discrepancy. A second difficulty is that cut convergence controls integrals against fixed bounded tests, while the dynamics and their path laws supply tests that vary with the system. The paper's regularity conditions and quantitative estimates are needed to connect those forms of control. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Sections 7.1–7.2.

Formalization scope

Lean represents III by Mathlib's unit interval, Rd\mathbb R^dRd by Fin d → ℝ, and continuous paths by maps from [0,T][0,T][0,T] into that vector space. The chosen vector and matrix norms are fixed sup-type norms; finite-dimensional norm equivalence preserves the limit statements and the estimates with existential constants. The horizon and dimension are explicitly positive. Particle index i : Fin n denotes the paper's (i+1)(i+1)(i+1)st particle, and empirical laws use positive sizes n+1n+1n+1 to avoid division by zero. Wasserstein distances use extended nonnegative reals, while nonnegative expectations use lower integrals.

The noise lives on one probability space. The continuum equation uses the natural filtration of its own initial state and Brownian motion. The finite equation uses the natural filtration of its edge array, sampled initial states, and Brownian motions. A solution carries a measurable continuous-path law family in the paper's class M\mathcal MM; this prevents a nonmeasurable pushforward or a default-zero integral from silently satisfying an equation. Edge symmetry, Bernoulli marginals, independence, and diagonal self-loops are explicit. The zero-coefficient system has a separate sorry-free Lean witness for both solution predicates, ruling out a vacuous solution concept.

The formalization uses the published Peng1990.SMP.Stochastic Itô interface and WassersteinDRO.Duality.wassersteinDistance definition. Contributions can prove the listed estimates, strengthen their reusable stochastic and measure-theoretic infrastructure, or connect this mission's local setting to the other graphon missions after their definitions are published. The auxiliary changed-measure particles of Section 7.1 are outside the initial milestone list. Bayraktar, Chakraborty and Wu, 2023, Sections 4 and 7.

Selected references

  • E. Bayraktar, S. Chakraborty and R. Wu, Graphon mean field systems, Annals of Applied Probability 33(5):3587–3619, 2023. DOI.
  • L. Lovász, Large Networks and Graph Limits, American Mathematical Society Colloquium Publications 60, 2012. DOI.
13 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs 2: With a Common Generating Function, a Looser Information Relaxation Gives a Weaker Dual BoundResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic dynamic programs in operations research, such as inventory control with partially observed demand or the pricing of American options, are too large to solve exactly. A heuristic policy gives a lower bound on the optimal expected reward; to judge whether it is good enough one needs an upper bound. Brown, Smith and Sun (Oper. Res. 2010) build such bounds by information relaxation: let the decision maker see more than she would in reality, and charge a penalty for using the extra information. The construction generalizes the martingale duality for optimal stopping of Haugh and Kogan (Oper. Res. 2004), Rogers (Math. Finance 2002) and Andersen and Broadie (Manage. Sci. 2004).

In applications, the analyst chooses both the relaxation and the penalty, trading the quality of the bound against the cost of computing it. Proposition 2.3 of the paper collects four properties that govern this choice. The first is the subject of this mission.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P), and decisions are made in periods t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T. The natural filtration F=(F0,…,FT)\mathbb F=(\mathcal F_0,\dots,\mathcal F_T)F=(F0​,…,FT​) records what is known in each period, with F0={∅,Ω}\mathcal F_0=\{\emptyset,\Omega\}F0​={∅,Ω}. An action sequence is a=(a0,…,aT)a=(a_0,\dots,a_T)a=(a0​,…,aT​), chosen from feasible sets At(a0,…,at−1)A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})At​(a0​,…,at−1​). Period rewards rt(a0,…,at)r_t(a_0,\dots,a_t)rt​(a0​,…,at​) are Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable random variables and the total reward is r(a)=∑trt(a)r(a)=\sum_t r_t(a)r(a)=∑t​rt​(a).

A policy is a map α:Ω→A\alpha:\Omega\to Aα:Ω→A from outcomes to feasible action sequences. It is adapted to a filtration G\mathbb GG if the period-ttt action is Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-measurable; AG\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}AG​ denotes these policies. A filtration G\mathbb GG with Ft⊆Gt⊆F\mathcal F_t\subseteq\mathcal G_t\subseteq\mathcal FFt​⊆Gt​⊆F for all ttt is a relaxation of F\mathbb FF, written F⊆G\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb GF⊆G. A penalty is a function z(a,ω)z(a,\omega)z(a,ω); it is dual feasible if E[z(αF)]≤0\mathbb E[z(\alpha_F)]\le0E[z(αF​)]≤0 for every αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​. For any relaxation G\mathbb GG and dual feasible zzz, the dual bound

sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)\big]αG​∈AG​sup​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)]

is at least the optimal value sup⁡αF∈AFE[r(αF)]\sup_{\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]supαF​∈AF​​E[r(αF​)] (weak duality, Lemma 2.1).

The paper's main source of penalties is Proposition 2.2. Given generating functions wt(a)w_t(a)wt​(a) depending only on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, set

zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft],z(a)=∑t=0Tzt(a).z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F_t],\qquad z(a)=\sum_{t=0}^T z_t(a).zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft​],z(a)=t=0∑T​zt​(a).

Such a penalty has zero mean along every nonanticipative policy, and its dual bound is computed by the backward recursion (10), the Bellman recursion with rewards rt−ztr_t-z_trt​−zt​ and conditional expectations given Gt\mathcal G_tGt​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 2.3(i)

For filtrations F⊆G1⊆G2\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb G^1\subseteq\mathbb G^2F⊆G1⊆G2 and one common sequence of generating functions (w0,…,wT)(w_0,\dots,w_T)(w0​,…,wT​), let ziz^izi be the Proposition 2.2 penalty of (Gi,w)(\mathbb G^i,w)(Gi,w). Then

sup⁡αG∈AG1E[r(αG)−z1(αG)]≤sup⁡αG∈AG2E[r(αG)−z2(αG)].(12)\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^1}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)\big]\le\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^2}}\mathbb E\big[r(\alpha_G)-z^2(\alpha_G)\big].\qquad(12)αG​∈AG1​sup​E[r(αG​)−z1(αG​)]≤αG​∈AG2​sup​E[r(αG​)−z2(αG​)].(12)

With a common generating function, a looser relaxation gives a weaker bound.

Milestones

  1. Equation (10). For a Proposition 2.2 penalty under a relaxation G\mathbb GG, the expectation of the initial dual value function V0GV^{\mathbb G}_0V0G​ equals the dual bound.
  2. Proposition 2.3(ii). For dual feasible z1,z2z^1,z^2z1,z2 and one relaxation G\mathbb GG, the difference of the two dual bounds lies between inf⁡αGE[z2(αG)−z1(αG)]\inf_{\alpha_G}\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)]infαG​​E[z2(αG​)−z1(αG​)] and sup⁡αGE[z2(αG)−z1(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G}\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha_G)-z^1(\alpha_G)]supαG​​E[z2(αG​)−z1(αG​)], eq. (13).
  3. Proposition 2.3(iii). For F⊆F′⊆G\mathbb F\subseteq\mathbb F'\subseteq\mathbb GF⊆F′⊆G, the penalty zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft′]z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F'_t]zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft′​] still satisfies the conclusions of Proposition 2.2.
  4. Proposition 2.3(iv). If z^t(a)\hat z_t(a)z^t​(a) are unbiased estimates of the terms zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) of a dual feasible penalty, E[z^t(a)∣Gt]=zt(a)\mathbb E[\hat z_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]=z_t(a)E[z^t​(a)∣Gt​]=zt​(a), and the relaxation G^\widehat{\mathbb G}G additionally reveals the estimates, then the dual bound of (G,z)(\mathbb G,z)(G,z) is at most that of (G^,z^)(\widehat{\mathbb G},\hat z)(G,z^), eq. (14).

Milestone 1 is on the goal's path; milestones 2–4 are the remaining parts of the same proposition.

Significance

Proposition 2.3(i) tells the analyst how to read a weak bound. If a cheap generating function (for instance wt=0w_t=0wt​=0, the zero penalty) gives a satisfactory bound under some relaxation, it will give a bound at least as tight under any less informative relaxation that still contains F\mathbb FF; conversely, moving to a looser relaxation without improving the generating function can only weaken the bound. Part (ii) is a continuity statement: penalties close to the ideal penalty give bounds close to the optimal value. Part (iii) permits the subtracted conditional expectation to be computed under an intermediate filtration, which the paper uses when volatility is unobserved in its option-pricing example. Part (iv) is the justification for estimating penalties by nested simulation, as in the methods of Haugh–Kogan and Andersen–Broadie: unbiased estimates yield valid, if weaker, upper bounds.

The results are proved in the paper's electronic companion. To our knowledge none of them, nor the information-relaxation duality framework itself, has a machine-checked proof. Formalizing them requires a usable theory of policies adapted to a filtration, penalties evaluated along random action sequences, and backward recursions with conditional expectations, all of which are reusable for other duality results in stochastic dynamic programming.

Difficulty

The obvious argument for (12) compares the two suprema policy by policy: AG1⊆AG2\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^1}\subseteq\mathcal A_{\mathbb G^2}AG1​⊆AG2​. This fails, because the two bounds use different penalties: for a fixed G1\mathbb G^1G1-adapted policy, E[z1(α)]\mathbb E[z^1(\alpha)]E[z1(α)] and E[z2(α)]\mathbb E[z^2(\alpha)]E[z2(α)] need not agree, so the larger policy set alone does not order the bounds. The penalty changes with the relaxation exactly so as to remove part of the value of the extra information, and the statement asserts that it never removes more than that information is worth. Even the representation (10) of a dual bound by a backward recursion is nontrivial: it requires near-optimal actions to be selected measurably in every period.

In Lean, the further difficulty is the composition of an action-indexed family of conditional expectations with a random action: ω↦zt(α(ω))(ω)\omega\mapsto z_t(\alpha(\omega))(\omega)ω↦zt​(α(ω))(ω), where each zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) is only defined almost surely. Countability of the action set is what makes this composite well defined up to null sets.

Formalization scope

Periods are Fin (T + 1); an action sequence is a function Fin (T + 1) → X for one countable action type X with the discrete σ-algebra (the disjoint union of the per-period action sets). Filtrations are Mathlib Filtrations of the ambient σ-algebra; a relaxation is 𝔽 ≤ 𝔾. Policies are maps Ω → (Fin (T + 1) → X) with values in the feasible set, adapted when each action is measurable for the corresponding σ-algebra. Conditional expectations are Mathlib's μ[f | m], so identities between them hold almost surely. Dual bounds are suprema in EReal over the adapted policy sets, so an infinite bound is represented and no junk value 000 arises from an unbounded supremum.

Pinned regularity, beyond the paper's text: period rewards and generating functions are uniformly bounded (almost surely for the latter) and measurable, so that every expectation exists; in part (iv), the estimates are measurable and uniformly bounded. In part (ii), the difference of two dual bounds is taken in EReal, and the case where both bounds are +∞+\infty+∞ (where the page's difference is undefined) is excluded.

The penalties z1,z2z^1,z^2z1,z2 of the goal are computed from www by the formula of Proposition 2.2; stating the goal for arbitrary penalties with Proposition 2.2's properties would be a different and false claim. Likewise G^\widehat{\mathbb G}G in part (iv) is constructed from G\mathbb GG and the estimates.

The definitions duplicate those of mission 1 of this series (the framework, the recursive model, the penalty construction); they are expected to be merged. Contributions of reusable lemmas about adapted policies over countable action sets and about backward recursions with conditional expectations are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. B. Brown, J. E. Smith, P. Sun, Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs, Operations Research, Articles in Advance, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0796
  • M. B. Haugh, L. Kogan, Pricing American Options: A Duality Approach, Operations Research 52(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0070
  • L. Andersen, M. Broadie, Primal-Dual Simulation Algorithm for Pricing Multidimensional American Options, Management Science 50(9), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0258
  • L. C. G. Rogers, Monte Carlo Valuation of American Options, Mathematical Finance 12(3), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.02010
10 thms1 active userReviewed
Analysis·Captain: mikedeng1

Discrete Analogues of Self-Decomposability and Stability 1: A p.g.f. Is Discrete Self-Decomposable iff P(z) = exp{−λ∫_z^1 (1−G(u))/(1−u) du}, iff It Is Infinitely Divisible with Nonincreasing r_nResearch Paper

Motivation

A probability distribution on the real line is self-decomposable (of class L) if its characteristic function satisfies φ(t)=φ(αt) φα(t)\varphi(t)=\varphi(\alpha t)\,\varphi_\alpha(t)φ(t)=φ(αt)φα​(t) for every α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1), with φα\varphi_\alphaφα​ again a characteristic function. Equivalently, a random variable XXX can be written as X=dαX′+XαX\overset{d}{=}\alpha X'+X_\alphaX=dαX′+Xα​ with X′X'X′ a copy of XXX independent of XαX_\alphaXα​. Class L consists exactly of the limit laws of normalized sums of independent summands, and its members are infinitely divisible, absolutely continuous (when nondegenerate) and unimodal.

None of this transfers to counting variables: apart from X≡0X\equiv0X≡0, no random variable on N0={0,1,2,… }\mathbb N_0=\{0,1,2,\dots\}N0​={0,1,2,…} satisfies X=αX′+XαX=\alpha X'+X_\alphaX=αX′+Xα​, because αX′\alpha X'αX′ leaves the lattice. Steutel and van Harn (Memorandum COSOR 78-07, 1978; Ann. Probab. 7 (1979) 893–899) replaced scalar multiplication by binomial thinning, which keeps the variable integer valued. The resulting notion of discrete self-decomposability later became the basis of integer-valued autoregressive (INAR) time-series models (Al-Osh and Alzaid, 1987).

Timeline:

  • 1968: Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, vol. 1, 3rd ed., characterizes the infinitely divisible distributions on N0\mathbb N_0N0​ as the compound Poisson distributions.
  • 1971: Steutel, On the zeros of infinitely divisible densities (Ann. Math. Statist. 42), and 1977: van Harn and Steutel, Generalized renewal sequences and infinitely divisible lattice distributions (Stoch. Proc. Appl. 5), give the recursive criterion (n+1)pn+1=∑kpkrn−k(n+1)p_{n+1}=\sum_k p_k r_{n-k}(n+1)pn+1​=∑k​pk​rn−k​ with rn≥0r_n\ge0rn​≥0.
  • 1978–1979: Steutel and van Harn introduce discrete self-decomposability and discrete stability and prove the canonical form (Theorem 2.2, the goal of this mission), unimodality, and the characterization of the discrete stable laws.

Setting

A distribution on N0\mathbb N_0N0​ is a sequence pn≥0p_n\ge0pn​≥0 with ∑npn=1\sum_n p_n=1∑n​pn​=1; its probability generating function (p.g.f.) is P(z)=∑n≥0pnznP(z)=\sum_{n\ge0}p_nz^nP(z)=∑n≥0​pn​zn. The generating function of a sequence (gn)(g_n)(gn​) is written GGG.

The α\alphaα-thinning of a variable XXX with p.g.f. PPP is α∘X=∑j=1XNj\alpha\circ X=\sum_{j=1}^{X}N_jα∘X=∑j=1X​Nj​ with independent Bernoulli(α\alphaα) variables NjN_jNj​; its p.g.f. is P(1−α+αz)P(1-\alpha+\alpha z)P(1−α+αz). A distribution with p.g.f. PPP is discrete self-decomposable (Definition 2.1) if for every α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1)

P(z)=P(1−α+αz) Pα(z)(∣z∣≤1)P(z)=P(1-\alpha+\alpha z)\,P_\alpha(z)\qquad(|z|\le1)P(z)=P(1−α+αz)Pα​(z)(∣z∣≤1)

with PαP_\alphaPα​ a p.g.f.; in variables, X=dα∘X′+XαX\overset{d}{=}\alpha\circ X'+X_\alphaX=dα∘X′+Xα​.

A distribution is infinitely divisible if for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 its p.g.f. is the nnn-th power of a p.g.f. When p0>0p_0>0p0​>0, its canonical sequence (rn)(r_n)(rn​) is the unique solution of

(n+1) pn+1=∑k=0npk rn−k(n∈N0).(n+1)\,p_{n+1}=\sum_{k=0}^{n}p_k\,r_{n-k}\qquad(n\in\mathbb N_0).(n+1)pn+1​=k=0∑n​pk​rn−k​(n∈N0​).

Throughout §2 the paper assumes 0<p0<10<p_0<10<p0​<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.2

For a distribution (pn)(p_n)(pn​) with 0<p0<10<p_0<10<p0​<1:

(pn) discrete self-dec  ⟺  P(z)=exp⁡{−λ∫z11−G(u)1−u du}(0≤z<1)(p_n)\ \text{discrete self-dec}\iff P(z)=\exp\Big\{-\lambda\int_z^1\frac{1-G(u)}{1-u}\,du\Big\}\quad(0\le z<1)(pn​) discrete self-dec⟺P(z)=exp{−λ∫z1​1−u1−G(u)​du}(0≤z<1)

for some λ>0\lambda>0λ>0 and some p.g.f. GGG of a distribution with G(0)=0G(0)=0G(0)=0, the pair (λ,G)(\lambda,G)(λ,G) being unique; and

(pn) discrete self-dec  ⟺  (pn) inf div and (rn) nonincreasing.(p_n)\ \text{discrete self-dec}\iff (p_n)\ \text{inf div and } (r_n)\ \text{nonincreasing}.(pn​) discrete self-dec⟺(pn​) inf div and (rn​) nonincreasing.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 1.1: lim⁡x↑1(1−x)P′(x)=0\lim_{x\uparrow1}(1-x)P'(x)=0limx↑1​(1−x)P′(x)=0 for every p.g.f.
  2. Lemma 1.2: for 0<p0<10<p_0<10<p0​<1, PPP is infinitely divisible iff P(z)=exp⁡{λ(G(z)−1)}P(z)=\exp\{\lambda(G(z)-1)\}P(z)=exp{λ(G(z)−1)} (unique λ>0\lambda>0λ>0, G(0)=0G(0)=0G(0)=0), iff P(z)=exp⁡{−∫z1R(u) du}P(z)=\exp\{-\int_z^1R(u)\,du\}P(z)=exp{−∫z1​R(u)du} with R=∑rnunR=\sum r_nu^nR=∑rn​un, rn≥0r_n\ge0rn​≥0 (necessarily ∑rn/(n+1)<∞\sum r_n/(n+1)<\infty∑rn​/(n+1)<∞), iff the canonical sequence is nonnegative.
  3. (2.6): if PPP is discrete self-decomposable, exp⁡{−r(1−z)P′(z)/P(z)}\exp\{-r(1-z)P'(z)/P(z)\}exp{−r(1−z)P′(z)/P(z)} is a p.g.f. for every r>0r>0r>0.
  4. (2.7)–(2.8): the form (2.4) gives P′/P=λ(1−G)/(1−z)P'/P=\lambda(1-G)/(1-z)P′/P=λ(1−G)/(1−z), infinite divisibility, and rn=λ∑j>ngjr_n=\lambda\sum_{j>n}g_jrn​=λ∑j>n​gj​, nonincreasing.
  5. The converse (pp. 3–4): if PPP is infinitely divisible with nonincreasing rnr_nrn​, then P(z)/P(1−α+αz)P(z)/P(1-\alpha+\alpha z)P(z)/P(1−α+αz) is an infinitely divisible p.g.f. for each α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1).

Significance

Theorem 2.2 reduces discrete self-decomposability, a condition quantified over all α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1) and over unknown factors PαP_\alphaPα​, to a single monotonicity condition on the sequence (rn)(r_n)(rn​) computed recursively from (pn)(p_n)(pn​). It is the entry point of the rest of the paper: combined with Theorem 2.3 it gives unimodality of every discrete self-decomposable distribution (Corollary 2.4), and §3 shows that discrete stable distributions are discrete self-decomposable. In time-series modelling it identifies the marginals that a stationary INAR(1) process Xt=α∘Xt−1+εtX_t=\alpha\circ X_{t-1}+\varepsilon_tXt​=α∘Xt−1​+εt​ can have for every α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1).

The result has been proved since 1979; to our knowledge none of it is formalized in any proof assistant, and Mathlib has neither probability generating functions on N0\mathbb N_0N0​ nor infinite divisibility. The mission produces a machine-checked version of the canonical form together with the compound-Poisson characterization of infinite divisibility on N0\mathbb N_0N0​ (Lemma 1.2), which the paper only cites.

Difficulty

The forward direction is not a consequence of (2.1) for any single α\alphaα: one factorization P(z)=P(1−α+αz)Pα(z)P(z)=P(1-\alpha+\alpha z)P_\alpha(z)P(z)=P(1−α+αz)Pα​(z) constrains PPP very little, and the information sits in the whole family of factors PαP_\alphaPα​, α∈(0,1)\alpha\in(0,1)α∈(0,1), which are not given explicitly. Turning that family into a statement about PPP needs a passage to a limit of p.g.f.'s, and the fact that such a limit is again a p.g.f. (the continuity theorem for p.g.f.'s, Feller vol. 1, p. 280) is not in Mathlib. The paper does not prove Lemma 1.2 either; it cites Feller and Steutel. For the converse, nonnegativity of the canonical sequence is not enough: the obvious attempt to show that P(z)/P(1−α+αz)P(z)/P(1-\alpha+\alpha z)P(z)/P(1−α+αz) has nonnegative coefficients fails for infinitely divisible PPP in general, and the monotonicity of rnr_nrn​ is exactly what is needed. Finally, every identity is stated between real functions on [0,1][0,1][0,1], and passing to identities between coefficients requires the uniqueness of power-series coefficients on a real interval.

Formalization scope

  • A distribution is p : ℕ → ℝ with ∀ n, 0 ≤ p n and HasSum p 1; the p.g.f. is the real function pgf p z = ∑' n, p n * z ^ n. All identities between p.g.f.'s are required for real z∈[0,1]z\in[0,1]z∈[0,1] (or [0,1)[0,1)[0,1) for (1.4), (2.4), (2.6), (2.7)), not for complex ∣z∣≤1|z|\le1∣z∣≤1; p.g.f.'s agreeing on [0,1][0,1][0,1] have equal coefficients, so this is equivalent. P′P'P′ is Lean's deriv of pgf p.
  • Infinite divisibility follows Feller: for every n≥1n\ge1n≥1 an nnn-th root that is the p.g.f. of a distribution on N0\mathbb N_0N0​. It is not defined as rn≥0r_n\ge0rn​≥0 or as the form (1.3); those are Lemma 1.2.
  • The canonical sequence is defined by the recursion rn=((n+1)pn+1−∑k=1npkrn−k)/p0r_n=((n+1)p_{n+1}-\sum_{k=1}^np_kr_{n-k})/p_0rn​=((n+1)pn+1​−∑k=1n​pk​rn−k​)/p0​; every statement using it assumes p0>0p_0>0p0​>0.
  • The standing assumption 0<p0<10<p_0<10<p0​<1 of §2 is a hypothesis of Theorem 2.2 and of the §2 milestones.
  • The improper integrals in (1.4) and (2.4) carry an explicit integrability clause on (z,1)(z,1)(z,1), and the series RRR an explicit convergence clause on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1). Lean's integral of a non-integrable function, and the sum of a divergent series, are 000; without these clauses the forms (1.4) and (2.4) could hold vacuously, so a formalization that drops them does not state the theorem.
  • Uniqueness of (λ,G)(\lambda,G)(λ,G) in (1.3) and (2.4) is part of the statements.

Reusable beyond this mission: the p.g.f. and infinite-divisibility vocabulary, Lemma 1.2 (compound Poisson characterization), and Lemma 1.1. A continuity theorem for p.g.f.'s on N0\mathbb N_0N0​, and the uniqueness of power-series coefficients from values on [0,1)[0,1)[0,1), are welcome as independent contributions.

Selected references

  • F. W. Steutel, K. van Harn, Discrete analogues of self-decomposability and stability, Memorandum COSOR 78-07, Technische Hogeschool Eindhoven, 1978. https://pure.tue.nl/ws/files/1719387/340666.pdf — published as Ann. Probab. 7(5) (1979) 893–899. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176994950
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, vol. 1, 3rd ed., Wiley, New York, 1968 (XII.2; continuity theorem p. 280).
  • F. W. Steutel, On the zeros of infinitely divisible densities, Ann. Math. Statist. 42 (1971) 812–815.
  • K. van Harn, F. W. Steutel, Generalized renewal sequences and infinitely divisible lattice distributions, Stochastic Process. Appl. 5 (1977) 47–55.
  • M. A. Al-Osh, A. A. Alzaid, First-order integer-valued autoregressive (INAR(1)) process, J. Time Series Anal. 8 (1987) 261–275. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1467-9892.1987.tb00438.x
9 thms1 active userReviewed
Control TheoryOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response: Decay-Balancing Prices Earn at Least One Third of the Optimal Expected Discounted RevenueResearch Paper

Pricing while learning demand

A vendor holding a finite stock of a product must set prices over time without knowing how many customers will come. Each price does two things: it earns revenue now, and through the sales it generates it reveals information about demand that improves future prices. This tension between earning and learning is central in revenue management with demand uncertainty, in retail markdown pricing, and in online selling. Optimal Bayesian policies for such problems are characterized by a Hamilton–Jacobi–Bellman equation that has no closed-form solution, so practice relies on heuristics, and the question is which heuristics come with guarantees.

Farias and Van Roy introduced decay balancing and proved that, for exponentially distributed reservation prices and a Gamma prior on the arrival rate, it earns at least one third of the optimal expected discounted revenue, uniformly over all problem parameters (V. F. Farias, B. Van Roy, Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response, Operations Research 58(1):16–29, 2010, doi:10.1287/opre.1090.0729). They describe it as the first heuristic for problems of this type with a uniform performance guarantee. This mission formalizes that guarantee and the chain of results leading to it. The source is the authors' manuscript of January 20, 2009 (MIT DSpace); its printed page numbers coincide with the PDF page numbers, and all theorem and page numbers below refer to it.

The model

Customers arrive according to a Poisson process with rate λ\lambdaλ. Each has an independent reservation price with density fff and tail Fˉ(p)=1−F(p)\bar F(p) = 1-F(p)Fˉ(p)=1−F(p); a customer facing price ppp buys one unit if it is available and ppp is at most his reservation price, and otherwise leaves. The hazard rate is ρ(p)=f(p)/Fˉ(p)\rho(p) = f(p)/\bar F(p)ρ(p)=f(p)/Fˉ(p). Assumption 1 (p. 5) asks that fff be differentiable with support R+\mathbb R_+R+​ and that ρ\rhoρ be non-decreasing. The exponential law with mean rrr has Fˉ(p)=e−p/r\bar F(p) = e^{-p/r}Fˉ(p)=e−p/r.

The vendor starts with xxx units and a Gamma prior on λ\lambdaλ with shape aaa and rate bbb (density baλa−1e−λb/Γ(a)b^a\lambda^{a-1}e^{-\lambda b}/\Gamma(a)baλa−1e−λb/Γ(a), mean μ(z)=a/b\mu(z) = a/bμ(z)=a/b). After ntn_tnt​ sales the posterior is Gamma with at=a+nta_t = a+n_tat​=a+nt​ and bt=b+∫0tFˉ(ps) dsb_t = b+\int_0^t\bar F(p_s)\,dsbt​=b+∫0t​Fˉ(ps​)ds, so the state is z=(x,a,b)z = (x,a,b)z=(x,a,b). A policy π(x,a,b)≥0\pi(x,a,b)\ge0π(x,a,b)≥0 sets the price; the expected discounted revenue at rate α>0\alpha>0α>0 is

Jπ(z)=Ez,π[∑k: tk≤τ0e−αtkptk−],J∗(z)=sup⁡πJπ(z),J^\pi(z) = E_{z,\pi}\Big[\sum_{k:\,t_k\le\tau_0}e^{-\alpha t_k}p_{t_k-}\Big],\qquad J^*(z) = \sup_\pi J^\pi(z),Jπ(z)=Ez,π​[k:tk​≤τ0​∑​e−αtk​ptk​−​],J∗(z)=πsup​Jπ(z),

the supremum over all measurable non-negative policies. With λ\lambdaλ known, the same problem has value Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x). Assumption 2 (p. 9) asks that Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x) be differentiable in λ\lambdaλ.

Decay balancing uses the approximation J~(z)=E[Jλ∗(x)]\tilde J(z) = E[J^*_\lambda(x)]J~(z)=E[Jλ∗​(x)], λ∼Gamma(a,b)\lambda\sim\mathrm{Gamma}(a,b)λ∼Gamma(a,b), and posts the price πdb(z)\pi_{\rm db}(z)πdb​(z) solving the balance equation (5), p. 13,

Fˉ(πdb(z))ρ(πdb(z)) μ(z)=αJ~(z).\frac{\bar F(\pi_{\rm db}(z))}{\rho(\pi_{\rm db}(z))}\,\mu(z) = \alpha\tilde J(z).ρ(πdb​(z))Fˉ(πdb​(z))​μ(z)=αJ~(z).

The optimal price π∗(z)\pi^*(z)π∗(z) solves the same equation with J∗(z)J^*(z)J∗(z) in place of J~(z)\tilde J(z)J~(z). The constant

κ(a)=aΓ(a)Γ(a+1)−Γ(a+1,a)+aΓ(a,a),Γ(s,y)=∫y∞ts−1e−t dt,\kappa(a) = \frac{a\Gamma(a)}{\Gamma(a+1)-\Gamma(a+1,a)+a\Gamma(a,a)},\qquad \Gamma(s,y) = \int_y^\infty t^{s-1}e^{-t}\,dt,κ(a)=Γ(a+1)−Γ(a+1,a)+aΓ(a,a)aΓ(a)​,Γ(s,y)=∫y∞​ts−1e−tdt,

measures the cost of uncertainty for a prior of shape aaa.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3 (p. 24)

For exponential reservation prices with mean r>0r>0r>0, every α>0\alpha>0α>0, x>1x>1x>1, a>0a>0a>0, b>0b>0b>0:

J∗(z)<∞andJπdb(z)J∗(z) ≥ 13.J^*(z)<\infty\qquad\text{and}\qquad \frac{J^{\pi_{\rm db}}(z)}{J^*(z)}\ \ge\ \frac13 .J∗(z)<∞andJ∗(z)Jπdb​(z)​ ≥ 31​.

Milestones

In attack order:

  1. Known-rate value. Lemma 2: Jλ∗(x)J^*_\lambda(x)Jλ∗​(x) is increasing and concave in λ\lambdaλ.
  2. Bounds and well-posedness. Lemma 3 gives J∗≤J~≤Jμ(z)∗(x)≤Fˉ(p∗)p∗μ(z)/αJ^*\le\tilde J\le J^*_{\mu(z)}(x)\le\bar F(p^*)p^*\mu(z)/\alphaJ∗≤J~≤Jμ(z)∗​(x)≤Fˉ(p∗)p∗μ(z)/α. Lemma 4 says the balance equation has a unique solution. Lemma E.6(2), with Theorems E.1–E.2, says the balance-price policy π∗\pi^*π∗ is optimal.
  3. Normalizations. Lemma 5 rescales the discount rate and Lemma 10 rescales the mean reservation price.
  4. No-learning comparison. Lemmas 7 and 8, and Theorem 1: Jnl(z)≥Ja/b∗(x)/κ(a)J^{nl}(z)\ge J^*_{a/b}(x)/\kappa(a)Jnl(z)≥Ja/b∗​(x)/κ(a).
  5. Quality of the approximation. 1≥J∗(z)/J~(z)≥1/κ(a)1\ge J^*(z)/\tilde J(z)\ge1/\kappa(a)1≥J∗(z)/J~(z)≥1/κ(a), and κ\kappaκ is decreasing.
  6. Prices and revenues. Corollary 1: 1/(1+log⁡κ(a))≤πdb/π∗≤11/(1+\log\kappa(a))\le\pi_{\rm db}/\pi^*\le11/(1+logκ(a))≤πdb​/π∗≤1. Lemma 9: Jub≥J∗J^{ub}\ge J^*Jub≥J∗. Theorem 2: 1/(1+log⁡κ(a))≤Jπdb/J∗≤11/(1+\log\kappa(a))\le J^{\pi_{\rm db}}/J^*\le11/(1+logκ(a))≤Jπdb​/J∗≤1.
  7. Inventory. Lemma 12: J∗(x,a,b)≤2.05 J∗(x−1,a,b)J^*(x,a,b)\le2.05\,J^*(x-1,a,b)J∗(x,a,b)≤2.05J∗(x−1,a,b) for x>1x>1x>1, a>1a>1a>1.

Significance

Theorem 2 gives a guarantee that depends only on the coefficient of variation 1/a1/\sqrt a1/a​ of the prior. Theorem 3 removes even that dependence for exponential reservation prices: whatever the inventory, prior, discount rate and price scale, decay balancing loses at most a factor of three. The analysis also yields reusable facts about Bayesian pricing: knowing the rate helps (J∗≤J~J^*\le\tilde JJ∗≤J~), the decay-balance characterization of optimal prices, and comparison with a vendor who does not learn.

All results are proved in the source, using Dynkin's formula, an HJB verification argument (Appendix E) and a coupling of sales processes. None of them is machine-checked. The mission asks for a formal development of the known proofs.

Difficulty

The obvious route to Theorem 3 would chain Theorem 2 at the initial state. That fails because κ(a)\kappa(a)κ(a) blows up as a→0a\to0a→0, so for a diffuse prior Theorem 2 gives no constant bound. The paper instead compares the two systems only up to the first sale, after which the shape parameter is at least a+1>1a+1>1a+1>1. This needs two things: a coupling in which the optimal system never sells first, and Lemma 12, which bounds the value of one extra unit without a decreasing-returns property in xxx (none is known). Lemma 12 itself rests on a numerical inequality involving the Lambert WWW function.

At the foundational level, neither Mathlib nor the platform has a counting process whose intensity is a random rate times a state-feedback price. Defining JπJ^\piJπ and J∗J^*J∗ faithfully is part of the mission.

Formalization scope

  • Sales process. The process is built exactly in the b-clock. Given λ\lambdaλ, sales are a rate-λ\lambdaλ Poisson process in the variable bbb, so λ∼Gamma(a,b)\lambda\sim\mathrm{Gamma}(a,b)λ∼Gamma(a,b) and i.i.d. Exp(1)\mathrm{Exp}(1)Exp(1) clocks EjE_jEj​ give the bbb-values of the sales, Bj+1=Bj+Ej+1/λB_{j+1} = B_j + E_{j+1}/\lambdaBj+1​=Bj​+Ej+1​/λ. The real-time length of each stage is ∫dβ/Fˉ(π(⋅,β))\int d\beta/\bar F(\pi(\cdot,\beta))∫dβ/Fˉ(π(⋅,β)).
  • Values. Revenue is the sum over sales of the discounted pre-sale price (p. 6; the compensated-integral form of p. 7 is equal to it). Values and suprema live in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]. J∗J^*J∗ and Jλ∗J^*_\lambdaJλ∗​ are suprema over policies; they are never defined by the HJB equation or by the Lambert-WWW formula (2). Such a definition would trivialize the mission and is ruled out.
  • Policies. Policies are non-negative, measurable in (a,b)(a,b)(a,b), and Markov in zzz. π∗\pi^*π∗ and πdb\pi_{\rm db}πdb​ are the balance prices of p. 13, not "some optimal policy".
  • Prior and normalizations. The prior is a single Gamma, the case of §6; bbb is a rate. The general statements carry Assumptions 1 and 2. Statements are made for general α>0\alpha>0α>0 and r>0r>0r>0, as p. 18 claims, not under the normalizations α=e−1\alpha = e^{-1}α=e−1, r=1r = 1r=1.
  • Ratios. Ratio bounds are stated multiplicatively, together with finiteness of J∗J^*J∗. This rules out the vacuous reading J∗=∞J^* = \inftyJ∗=∞.
  • Added hypotheses and corrections.
    • Lemma 4 is false as printed at x=0x = 0x=0 (J~=0\tilde J = 0J~=0 while Fˉ/ρ>0\bar F/\rho>0Fˉ/ρ>0), so x≥1x\ge1x≥1 is added. Its location claim p≥p∗p\ge p^*p≥p∗ (proof, p. 35) is included.
    • Corollary 1 needs x≥1x\ge1x≥1, because the prices are undefined at x=0x=0x=0.
    • The logit halves of Corollary 1 and Theorem 2 are not stated: the logit family is never defined, contradicts Assumption 1, and comes with the rounded constant 1.27.
    • Lemma 9 uses general α\alphaα where p. 21 has α=e−1\alpha = e^{-1}α=e−1.
    • Lemma 2's "increasing" is strict for x≥1x\ge1x≥1.
    • Appendix E is represented by Lemma E.6(2), p. 47: the balance-price (greedy) policy attains J∗J^*J∗. The if-and-only-if of Theorem E.2 over all policies is not stated, since the generator HπH^\piHπ is not formalized.
  • Not included. The integrated form of Lemma 11 (the first-sale coupling bound) is not a milestone; it is the natural next target. Lemma 6, Appendix D and the Lambert-WWW identities are out of scope.

Reusable pieces are the Gamma–Poisson sales process in the b-clock, the incomplete Gamma function, and the known-rate pricing problem. Proofs of any milestone, of the p. 6 revenue identity, and of Assumptions 1–2 for the exponential law are welcome.

Related platform work in other models: Gallego–van Ryzin known-demand pricing (GVRPricing), Talluri–van Ryzin (RevenueManagement), Bitran–Caldentey (PricingRM.DetHeuristic), and the Bayesian bounds of Satia–Lave (SatiaLave.Bayes).

Selected references

  • V. F. Farias, B. Van Roy, Dynamic Pricing with a Prior on Market Response, Operations Research 58(1):16–29, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0729 (manuscript of January 20, 2009, MIT DSpace: https://dspace.mit.edu)
  • G. Gallego, G. van Ryzin, Optimal Dynamic Pricing of Inventories with Stochastic Demand over Finite Horizons, Management Science 40(8):999–1020, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.40.8.999
  • V. F. Araman, R. Caldentey, Dynamic Pricing for Nonperishable Products with Demand Learning, Operations Research 57(5):1169–1188, 2009. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0669
  • P. Brémaud, Point Processes and Queues: Martingale Dynamics, Springer, 1981. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9477-8
20 thms1 active userReviewed
Dynamic ProgrammingOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs 1: The Ideal Penalty Is Dual Optimal for Every Information RelaxationResearch Paper

Why information relaxations

Most stochastic dynamic programs that arise in operations research are too large to solve exactly. In practice one computes a heuristic policy and estimates its expected reward by simulation, which gives a lower bound on the optimal value. To know whether the heuristic is good enough one also needs an upper bound. Brown, Smith and Sun (Oper. Res. 2010) give a general way to produce such bounds: relax the requirement that decisions use only the information available when they are made, and charge a penalty for using the extra information.

The idea grew out of option pricing. Rogers (Math. Finance 2002) and Haugh and Kogan (Oper. Res. 2004) bounded the price of an American option from above by letting the holder see the whole future and subtracting a martingale; Andersen and Broadie (Manag. Sci. 2004) built such martingales from approximate exercise policies. Brown, Smith and Sun (2010) extended this to general finite-horizon dynamic programs, to arbitrary penalties, and to imperfect information relaxations in which the decision maker learns some, but not all, of the future. The paper illustrates the framework on an adaptive inventory problem and on pricing American options under stochastic volatility and interest rates.

Setting

Uncertainty is a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,\mathbb P)(Ω,F,P). Time is t=0,…,Tt=0,\dots,Tt=0,…,T. The natural filtration F=(F0,…,FT)\mathbb F=(\mathcal F_0,\dots,\mathcal F_T)F=(F0​,…,FT​) describes what the decision maker knows at the start of each period, with F0={∅,Ω}\mathcal F_0=\{\emptyset,\Omega\}F0​={∅,Ω}. An action sequence is a=(a0,…,aT)a=(a_0,\dots,a_T)a=(a0​,…,aT​), and AAA is the set of feasible sequences. A policy α:Ω→A\alpha:\Omega\to Aα:Ω→A chooses a sequence for each outcome; it is adapted to a filtration G\mathbb GG if each action αt\alpha_tαt​ is Gt\mathcal G_tGt​-measurable. The adapted policies form AG\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}AG​; the measurable policies form A\mathcal AA. The total reward is r(a,ω)=∑trt(a,ω)r(a,\omega)=\sum_t r_t(a,\omega)r(a,ω)=∑t​rt​(a,ω), and the primal problem (1) is

sup⁡α∈AFE[r(α)].\sup_{\alpha\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha)].α∈AF​sup​E[r(α)].

A filtration G\mathbb GG is a relaxation of F\mathbb FF if Ft⊆Gt⊆F\mathcal F_t\subseteq\mathcal G_t\subseteq\mathcal FFt​⊆Gt​⊆F for all ttt; the perfect-information relaxation has Gt=F\mathcal G_t=\mathcal FGt​=F. A penalty is a function z(a,ω)z(a,\omega)z(a,ω); it is dual feasible, z∈ZFz\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z∈ZF​, if E[z(αF)]≤0\mathbb E[z(\alpha_F)]\le0E[z(αF​)]≤0 for every αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​. The dual bound of (G,z)(\mathbb G,z)(G,z) is sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)]supαG​∈AG​​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)].

In recursive form, the feasible actions in period ttt form a set At(a0,…,at−1)A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})At​(a0​,…,at−1​), each rtr_trt​ is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable and depends on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, and the value functions are VT+1=0V_{T+1}=0VT+1​=0 and

Vt(a0,…,at−1)=sup⁡at∈At(a0,…,at−1){rt(a0,…,at)+E[Vt+1(a0,…,at)∣Ft]}.(2)V_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})=\sup_{a_t\in A_t(a_0,\dots,a_{t-1})}\big\{r_t(a_0,\dots,a_t)+\mathbb E[V_{t+1}(a_0,\dots,a_t)\mid\mathcal F_t]\big\}.\qquad(2)Vt​(a0​,…,at−1​)=at​∈At​(a0​,…,at−1​)sup​{rt​(a0​,…,at​)+E[Vt+1​(a0​,…,at​)∣Ft​]}.(2)

Given generating functions wt(a)w_t(a)wt​(a) depending on a0,…,ata_0,\dots,a_ta0​,…,at​, Proposition 2.2 builds the penalty

zt(a)=E[wt(a)∣Gt]−E[wt(a)∣Ft],z=∑tzt.z_t(a)=\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal G_t]-\mathbb E[w_t(a)\mid\mathcal F_t],\qquad z=\sum_t z_t.zt​(a)=E[wt​(a)∣Gt​]−E[wt​(a)∣Ft​],z=t∑​zt​.

The ideal penalty z⋆z^\starz⋆ is this penalty for wt(a)=Vt+1(a0,…,at)w_t(a)=V_{t+1}(a_0,\dots,a_t)wt​(a)=Vt+1​(a0​,…,at​).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 2.3 (The Ideal Penalty)

For every relaxation G\mathbb GG of F\mathbb FF, z⋆∈ZFz^\star\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z⋆∈ZF​ and

sup⁡αF∈AFE[r(αF)]=sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z⋆(αG)];(11)\sup_{\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]=\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z^\star(\alpha_G)];\qquad(11)αF​∈AF​sup​E[r(αF​)]=αG​∈AG​sup​E[r(αG​)−z⋆(αG​)];(11)

a primal-optimal αF∗\alpha^*_FαF∗​ also attains the right side; and under perfect information r(αF∗)−z⋆(αF∗)=E[r(αF∗)]r(\alpha^*_F)-z^\star(\alpha^*_F)=\mathbb E[r(\alpha^*_F)]r(αF∗​)−z⋆(αF∗​)=E[r(αF∗​)] almost surely.

Milestones, in the order of the paper

  1. §2.1 (p. 3): V0V_0V0​ equals the optimal value of (1).
  2. Lemma 2.1 (weak duality, p. 3): E[r(αF)]≤sup⁡αG∈AGE[r(αG)−z(αG)]\mathbb E[r(\alpha_F)]\le\sup_{\alpha_G\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb G}}\mathbb E[r(\alpha_G)-z(\alpha_G)]E[r(αF​)]≤supαG​∈AG​​E[r(αG​)−z(αG​)] for αF∈AF\alpha_F\in\mathcal A_{\mathbb F}αF​∈AF​, z∈ZFz\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}z∈ZF​.
  3. Theorem 2.1 (strong duality, p. 4): the primal value equals inf⁡z∈ZF\inf_{z\in\mathcal Z_{\mathbb F}}infz∈ZF​​ of the dual bound, attained when the primal is bounded.
  4. Theorem 2.2 (complementary slackness, p. 4).
  5. Proposition 2.1 (structured policies, p. 5).
  6. Proposition 2.2(i), (ii) (p. 5): generated penalties have zero Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-conditional mean along nonanticipative policies, and their components are G\mathbb GG-adapted and nonanticipative in the actions.
  7. Eq. (10) (p. 5): the recursion (2) run with rewards rt−ztr_t-z_trt​−zt​ and filtration G\mathbb GG solves the dual problem, and E[V0G]\mathbb E[V^{\mathbb G}_0]E[V0G​] bounds (1).
  8. §2.3 (p. 5): with wt=Vt+1w_t=V_{t+1}wt​=Vt+1​, VtG=VtV^{\mathbb G}_t=V_tVtG​=Vt​ almost surely.

Significance

Theorems 2.1 and 2.3 say that information-relaxation duality has no gap: the optimal value of a dynamic program can be computed, in principle, as a minimum over penalties of a problem in which the decision maker sees more. Theorem 2.3 adds that the gap is closed by one explicit penalty, built from the value functions, simultaneously for every relaxation. This is the justification for the practical recipe of the paper and of the literature that followed: choose generating functions that approximate the true value functions, and the resulting dual bound approaches the optimum. Under perfect information, part 4 of the goal says the ideal penalty removes all randomness from the penalized reward of an optimal policy.

The paper defers its proofs to an electronic companion; none of these results has a machine-checked proof. This mission produces a checked version of the duality layer for general finite-horizon dynamic programs on a filtered probability space, with conditional expectations as in Mathlib. Weak duality, strong duality and complementary slackness are stated for arbitrary feasible sets and rewards and are reusable for any information-relaxation argument; the recursive statements give a verified link between the Bellman recursion and the primal problem.

Difficulty

The duality statements of §2.2 are elementary once expectations exist; the work is in §2.1 and §2.3. The claim that V0V_0V0​ is the optimal value of (1) needs two facts that the paper asserts without proof: that the supremum in (2) is Ft\mathcal F_tFt​-measurable, and that near-optimal actions can be selected measurably, so that a nonanticipative policy comes within ε\varepsilonε of V0V_0V0​ even when the suprema are not attained. Neither holds for general action spaces without measurable-selection arguments, which is why this mission fixes a countable action set. A second difficulty is the evaluation of action-indexed conditional expectations at a random action: E[zt(αF)∣Ft]\mathbb E[z_t(\alpha_F)\mid\mathcal F_t]E[zt​(αF​)∣Ft​] conditions ω↦zt(αF(ω))(ω)\omega\mapsto z_t(\alpha_F(\omega))(\omega)ω↦zt​(αF​(ω))(ω), where each zt(a)z_t(a)zt​(a) is only defined up to null sets, one for each aaa. The induction VtG=VtV^{\mathbb G}_t=V_tVtG​=Vt​ must also carry these almost-sure identities through suprema over actions.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace InfoRelax.IdealPenalty. Periods are Fin (T + 1); actions take values in one type X (the disjoint union of the per-period action sets); filtrations are Mathlib Filtrations of the ambient σ\sigmaσ-algebra; conditional expectation is condExp. Primal values, dual bounds and dual values are in EReal, taken over the adapted-policy sets, so that no supremum or infimum silently returns 000. Penalties in Z\mathcal ZZ are required to be integrable along every measurable policy, and the reward is assumed integrable along every policy in the general statements: without this, a Bochner integral of a non-integrable function is 000 and the statements become vacuous. The value functions (2), the dual value functions (10), the penalty of Proposition 2.2 and z⋆z^\starz⋆ are definitions computed from the data, never variables constrained by hypotheses.

The recursive statements fix a countable action set with the discrete σ\sigmaσ-algebra, bounded period rewards, and generating functions bounded almost everywhere. Identities between value functions are almost sure. The general results (Lemma 2.1, Theorems 2.1–2.2, Proposition 2.1) assume none of this. The optional identity (5), which exchanges a supremum over policies with an expectation of a pathwise supremum, is not formalized: for a general dual feasible penalty the pathwise supremum need not be integrable.

Contributions welcome: the measurable-selection lemma for countable action sets, the tower-property argument for action-indexed conditional expectations evaluated at adapted policies, and proofs of the milestones in any order.

Selected references

  • D. B. Brown, J. E. Smith, P. Sun, Information Relaxations and Duality in Stochastic Dynamic Programs, Operations Research, Articles in Advance, 2010. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1090.0796
  • L. C. G. Rogers, Monte Carlo valuation of American options, Mathematical Finance 12(3), 2002. https://doi.org/10.1111/1467-9965.02010
  • M. B. Haugh, L. Kogan, Pricing American Options: A Duality Approach, Operations Research 52(2), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0070
  • L. Andersen, M. Broadie, Primal-Dual Simulation Algorithm for Pricing Multidimensional American Options, Management Science 50(9), 2004. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.1040.0258
13 thms1 active userReviewed
PreviousPage 22 of 38Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me